Mazda Mazda6 Owners Manual 20101006 1..522 ++

Mazda-2011-Mazda-Mazda6-Owners-Manual-817872 mazda-2011-mazda-mazda6-owners-manual-817872

: Mazda Mazda-Mazda6-Owners-Manual-746989 mazda-mazda6-owners-manual-746989 mazda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 522

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page1
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page2
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page3
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda North American Operations
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2010 Mazda North American Operations
Printed in U.S.A. (Print2)

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page4
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.

CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.

The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page5
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.

Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.

Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.

Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.

Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.

In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.

Index

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page6
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page7
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

1

Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview ..........................................................................
Interior Equipment (View A) ....................................................
Interior Equipment (View B) ....................................................
Interior Equipment (View C) ....................................................

1-2
1-2
1-3
1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5
Front .......................................................................................... 1-5
Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6

1-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page8
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View A)

Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-32
Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-32
Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-65
DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-25
BSM OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-36
Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-61
Turn and lane-change signals ............................................................................ page 5-65
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-38
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-67
Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-61
Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-36
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-61
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-41
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-42

1-2

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page9
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View B)

Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-71
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-41
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20
Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manual
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-72
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
MT shift lever ..................................................................................................... page 5-11
AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-13
Push button start ................................................................................................ page 3-10
Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-12
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-45
Storage pocket ................................................................................................. page 6-151
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-16
Multi information display .................................................................................. page 6-45

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

1-3

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page10
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View C)

SRS air bag ........................................................................................................ page 2-41
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-14
Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-44
Bottle holder .................................................................................................... page 6-150
Vanity mirror .................................................................................................... page 6-142
Overhead lights ................................................................................................ page 6-143
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-62
Sunvisor ........................................................................................................... page 6-142
Accessory sockets ............................................................................................ page 6-154
Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-7
Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-149
Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-152
Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-9

1-4

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page11
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Exterior Overview
Front

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-45
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-27
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-47
Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-31
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-43
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-31
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

1-5

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page12
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Exterior Overview
Rear

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-36
Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-35
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-61
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-31
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38

1-6

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page13
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

2

Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4
Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-9
Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-11
Seat Warmer í ......................................................................... 2-12
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................
Seat Belt Precautions ..............................................................
Seat Belt ..................................................................................
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems .......
Seat Belt Extender ...................................................................
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................

2-14
2-14
2-18
2-20
2-23
2-24

Child Restraint ............................................................................
Child Restraint Precautions .....................................................
Child-Restraint System Installation Position ..........................
Installing Child-Restraint Systems ..........................................
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................

2-26
2-26
2-30
2-31
2-37

SRS Air Bags ...............................................................................
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................
Supplemental Restraint System Components .........................
How the SRS Air Bags Work ..................................................
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria ..........................................
Limitations to SRS Air Bag ....................................................
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System í ..................................................................................
Monitoring and Maintenance ..................................................

2-41
2-41
2-46
2-47
2-51
2-52

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

2-54
2-59

2-1

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page14
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.

2-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.

CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the front seat when adjusting the
seat positions to prevent injury.

qSeat Slide
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page15
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.

qSeat Recline

WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.

2-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page16
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever
up or down.
Up

Down

Front Seats (Electrically
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.

2-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page17
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
CAUTION
Ø The seat-bottom power
adjustment is operated by motors.
Avoid extended operation because
excessive use can damage the
motors.
Ø To prevent the battery from
running down, avoid using the
power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster
uses a large amount of electrical
power.
Ø Do not use the switch to make
more than one adjustment at a
time.
Ø Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts
of the front seat when adjusting
the seat positions to prevent
injury.

qSeat Slide
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline

WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.

2-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page18
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
To change the seatback angle, press the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.

qSeat Position Memory (Driver's
Seat) í
One-touch seat position programming and
activation is available on the driver's seat.

CAUTION
When activating the seat position, do
not place your hands or fingers
around the seat bottom. The seat
moves to the desired position
automatically, and if your hands or
fingers are placed around the seat
bottom, it could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

SET button

To adjust the seat height, move the switch
up or down.

Programming of the driver's seat positions
is possible using the following functions:
l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3 and the
SET button.
l Operation using the advanced key/
retractable type key
Programmed seat positions can be
activated using the following functions:
l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3.
l Operation using advanced keyless
functions/keyless entry system
NOTE
Individual seat positions can be programmed
to the three available programming buttons on
the side of the driver's seat, plus one seat
position for each advanced key/retractable
type key used with the vehicle.

2-6

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page19
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
Operation using the seat-side buttons
Programming
Park the vehicle in a safe location before
performing the seat position
programming. (Vehicle must be stopped)
1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.
For each seat position adjustment
method refer to the following pages:
Seat Slide (page 2-5)
Seat Recline (page 2-5)
Height Adjustment (page 2-6)
2. While holding the SET button in, press
the desired programming button 1, 2,
or 3 until a beep sound is heard.
The button is programmed after a beep
sound is heard. Other buttons can be
programmed using the same procedure.
NOTE
Vehicle maintenance or other reasons
requiring the vehicle battery to be
disconnected will result in the seat position
memory being erased.
In this case, re-program the seat positions.

Setting the driver's seat to a preprogrammed position
There are two methods for setting the
driver's seat to a pre-programmed
position. For example, the type A method
can be used before sitting in the seat and
while the driver's door is open, and the
type B method can be used after getting in
the vehicle with the driver's door closed.
TYPE A
When the ignition is switched off and the
driver's door is open, press the
programming button 1, 2, or 3 for the
desired seating position.

NOTE
In the following cases, the seat position set
function cancels:
l Any of the seat adjustment switches are
operated.
l The SET button is pressed.
l A programming button 1, 2, or 3 is pressed.
l The vehicle starts moving.
l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using the
transmitter.
l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using the
advanced keyless functions.

TYPE B
When the ignition is switched ON or the
driver's door is closed, press and hold the
desired programming button 1, 2, or 3.
NOTE
In the following cases, the seat position set
function cancels:
l Any of the seat adjustment switches are
operated.
l The SET button is pressed.
l The vehicle starts moving.

Operation using the advanced key/
retractable type key
Programming
One seat position can be programmed into
each advanced key/retractable type key.
After the following conditions have been
met, operate the seat and the advanced
key/retractable type key to program the
seat positions.
l The ignition is switched off
(The auxiliary key/retractable type key
is removed from the ignition switch)
l The driver's door is open

2-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page20
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.
For each seat position adjustment
method, refer to the following pages:
Seat Slide (page 2-5)
Seat Recline (page 2-5)
Height Adjustment (page 2-6)
2. While holding the SET button in, press
and hold the button on the advanced
key/retractable type key until a beep
sound is heard.
The advanced key/retractable type key
is programmed after a beep sound is
heard.
Seat position memory setting procedure
To set the driver's seat to pre-programmed
position, switch the ignition off, unlock
the doors using any of the following
methods, and then open the driver's door
within about 40 seconds.
l Press the
button on the advanced
key/retractable type key.
l Touch the sensor area on the backside
of the front door handle while the
advanced key is being carried.
NOTE
If any of the following occurs, the seat position
activation function cancels:
l The
/ button on the advanced key/
retractable type key is pressed while the key
is not inserted into the ignition switch or
the key slot.
l A seat adjustment switch is operated.
l The vehicle starts moving.
l The selected programming button 1, 2, or 3
is pressed.
l Vehicle unlocking is done using the
advanced keyless functions.
l The SET button is pressed.

2-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Erasing memory
After the following conditions have been
met, while holding the SET button in,
press the
button on the advanced key/
retractable type key until a beep sound is
heard.
l The ignition is switched off
(The auxiliary key/retractable type key
is removed from the ignition switch)
l The driver's door is open
NOTE
Memory will also be erased if any of the
following operations are performed:
l The advanced key/retractable type key code
has been changed.
Refer to Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key) on page 3-50.
Refer to Immobilizer System on page 3-54.
l The vehicle battery is disconnected for
vehicle maintenance or other reasons.

qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
The amount of lumbar support can be
adjusted by rotating dial.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page21
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
Rear Seat
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo are
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After returning the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.

Never give the car keys to children and
do not allow them to play in the
vehicle:
Playing with the folding rear seats is
dangerous. Once the seatbacks are
back up, a child in the trunk would
not be able to get out the way they
had entered. If you have small
children, keep the seatbacks locked.
Always leave your car locked and keep
the car keys safely away from children:
Leaving your car unlocked or the
keys in reach of children is
dangerous. Children who find their
way into the trunk through an
unlocked rear seatback or an open
trunk can become accidentally locked
in the trunk. This could result in
death or brain damage from heat
prostration, particularly in the
summer. Always lock the doors and
the trunk, and as an added measure,
keep the rear seatbacks locked,
whether you have children in your
home or not.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.

2-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page22
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
NOTE
When returning a rear seat to its original
position, also replace the seat belt to its
normal position. Verify that the seat belt pulls
out and retracts.

qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback
The seatbacks can be folded down to
provide more space in the trunk.
To fold down the seatbacks

WARNING
Always remove the child-restraint
system from the rear seat before
operating the straps (in trunk) for the
rear seat:
Operating (pulling) the straps (in
trunk) while a rear-facing childrestraint system is in the rear seat is
dangerous. It could cause injury to a
child seated in the child-restraint
system when the seatback suddenly
flips forward.
Make sure there is nobody in the rear
seat area before operating (pulling) the
straps (in trunk):
Not checking the rear seat area for
persons before folding the seatbacks
down with the straps (in trunk) is
dangerous. The rear seat area is
difficult to see from the rear of the
vehicle. Operating (pulling) the straps
(in trunk) without checking could
cause injury to a person when a
seatback suddenly flips forward.

CAUTION
Before folding the seatbacks down
with the straps (in trunk), make sure
there is no cup in a rear cup holder.
Folding the seatbacks with the straps
(in trunk) while a cup is in the cup
holder could soil or damage the seat
bottom and seatback.

CAUTION
Be careful of the following when
using the straps (in trunk):
On a downward slope, the seatback
could flip forward faster than on a
flat surface.
1. After checking that the rear seats are
clear, open the trunk and pull the straps
(in trunk) on the left and right sides of
the trunk.

2. Open the rear door and fold the rear
seatbacks forward.
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
1. Lift the seatbacks upright.
2. Pull on the top of the seatbacks from
inside the vehicle to make sure they are
locked.

2-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page23
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
WARNING
Always make sure the seat belts are
fully pulled out from under the
seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback
after the seatback is returned to its
upright position is dangerous. In a
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt
cannot provide adequate protection.

qArmrest
The rear armrest in the center of the rear
seatback can be used (no occupant in the
center seat) or placed upright.

Armrest

Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats. The head
restraints are intended to help protect you
and the passengers from neck injury.

WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
even with the top of the passenger's ears,
never the passenger's neck to prevent
injury.
Front outboard seat

2-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page24
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
Rear outboard seat

Seat Warmer í
Press the HI or LO side of the seat warmer
switch with the ignition switched ON. The
indicator on the switch illuminates and the
seat warms up.
If a higher temperature is preferred, press
the HI side of the switch, and for a lower
temperature, press the LO side.
When not using the seat warmer, set the
switch to neutral with neither HI or LO
depressed.

2-12

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page25
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats
WARNING
Ø Be careful when using the seat
warmer. The heat from the seat
warmer may be too hot for some
people, as indicated below, and
could cause a low-temperature
burn.
Ø Infants, small babies, elderly
people, and physically
challenged people
Ø People with delicate skin
Ø People who are excessively
fatigued
Ø People who are intoxicated
Ø People who have taken sleepinducing medicine such as
sleeping pills or cold medicine
Ø Do not use the seat warmer with
anything having high moistureretention ability such as a blanket
or cushion on the seat. The seat
may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Ø Do not use the seat warmer even
when taking a short nap in the
vehicle. The seat may be heated
excessively and cause a lowtemperature burn.
Ø Do not place heavy objects with
sharp projections on the seat, or
insert needles or pins into it. This
could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in
injury from a minor burn.

NOTE
l

l

Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running, and do not continue to use it for a
long period of time.
The temperature of the seat warmer cannot
be adjusted beyond High and Low because
the seat warmer is controlled by a
thermostat.

CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents to clean
the seat. It may damage the seat
surface and the heater.

2-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page26
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

2-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page27
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you must
straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to
be used.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after
any collision that caused them to deploy. A seat belt with an expended pretensioner
or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all; however, if the front
seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.

2-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page28
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-60).

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it
out slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again
slowly.

2-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page29
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-26).

2-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page30
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
WARNING

Seat Belt
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Lap/shoulder
belt
Seat belt
tongue

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat
belt buckle until you hear a click
sound.

Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.

Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high

Seat belt tongue

WARNING
Seat belt
buckle

2-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page31
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
To raise

To lower

Button

NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.

2-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page32
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
In moderate or severe frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The front seat belt
retractors remove slack quickly as the air
bags are expanding. Any time the air bags
and front seat belt pretensioners have fired
they must be replaced.
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat.
For details, refer to the front passenger
seat weight sensors (page 2-54).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer
after any collision.

2-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts” (page 2-18).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer immediately inspect the front
seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Like the air bags,
the front seat belt pretensioners and
load limiters will only function once
and must be replaced after any
collision that caused them to deploy.
A seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter is still
better than wearing no seat belt at
all; however, if the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters are
not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page33
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTE
l

l

The pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or greater frontal or near-frontal
collision. It will not activate in most
rollovers, side or rear impacts.
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
The pretensioner system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in
accordance with the total seated weight on
the front passenger seat.
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.

2-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page34
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
work in an accident.

WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.

2-22

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page35
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.

WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat. If you sell your Mazda, do
not leave your seat belt extender in
the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the
seat belt extender in any other
vehicle you may own in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).

2-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page36
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle without
using the seat belt is dangerous.
When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt
buckle (or front passenger) seat, the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air
bag system will determine that the
driver (or front passenger) is wearing
the seat belt even if the driver (or
front passenger) is not wearing it.
This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
to not activate correctly and result in
death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Always wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on
the front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the childrestraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never
use a seat belt extender.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.

2-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition is switched ON.
Conditions of operation
Condition
Result
The warning light
The driver's seat belt is not
flashes and a beep
fastened when the ignition is
sound will be heard
switched ON.
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is
The warning light
fastened while the warning
turns off and the beep
light and the beep sound are
sound stops.
activated.
The warning light will
The driver's seat belt is
not illuminate and the
fastened before the ignition
beep sound will not be
is switched ON.
heard.

qBelt Reminder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt reminder. Though
the belt reminder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt
reminder.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page37
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Seat Belt Systems
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated*1
The belt reminder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, the
warning light/beep operates to give you
further reminders according to the chart
below.
*1 The belt reminder operates according
to the chart below even if the front
passenger is seated (Without Driver
and Front Passenger Occupant
Classification System).
Condition

Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep

Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more

: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep

Seat belt
(Driver)
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.

Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more

Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l

l

To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.

2-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page38
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-54).

2-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page39
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

2-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page40
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger
seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous
under certain conditions (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with the
front passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seat
a child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying
and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
Ø The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when
seating a child in the child-restraint system.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger
seatback.
Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

2-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page41
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause
serious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.

CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-37).

2-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page42
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
Child-Restraint System
Installation Position

Child seat
A child seat restrains a child's body using
the harness.

In this owner's manual, explanation of
child-restraint systems is provided for the
following three types of popular childrestraint systems: infant seat, child seat,
booster seat.
NOTE
l

l

Installation position is determined by the
type of child-restraint system. Always read
the manufacturer's instructions and this
owner's manual carefully.
Due to variations in the design of childrestraint systems, vehicle seats and seat
belts, all child-restraint systems may not fit
all seating positions. Before purchasing a
child-restraint system, it should be tested in
the specific vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it is intended to be used. If
a previously purchased child-restraint
system does not fit, you may need to
purchase a different one that will.

Infant seat
An infant seat provides restraint by
bracing the infant's head, neck and back
against the seating surface.

2-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Booster seat
A booster seat is a child restraint
accessory designed to improve the fit of
the seat belt system around the child's
body.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page43
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing childrestraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-54),
which automatically deactivates the front
passenger air bag, a rear seat is the safest
place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-37).

WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.

qRear Seat Child-Restraint System
Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH ChildRestraint Systems” (page 2-37).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may use LATCH
system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes
across the child's chest, may recommend
against using automatic locking mode.

1. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position (except center seat
position).
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-11.

2-31

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page44
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.

NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.

5. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint (except center position).
Anchor bracket location

4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.

Tether strap position

Tether
strap

Anchor
bracket

2-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page45
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback
(Except center seat position):
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.

qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat
whether your vehicle is equipped with a
seat weight sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have an optional side
and curtain air bags, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
l

l

To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.

2-33

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page46
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so because your vehicle
has side air bags, a front-facing
child-restraint system should be put
on the front passenger seat only
when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
Even though you may feel assured
that the front passenger air bag will
not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.

2-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean
over or against the side window of a
vehicle with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of
inflation from a side or curtain air
bag could cause serious injury or
death to an out of position child.
Furthermore, leaning over or against
the front door could block the side
and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and
the additional side air bag that
comes out of the front seat, the rear
seat is always a better location for
children. Take special care not to
allow a child to lean over or against
the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page47
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
3. Place the child-restraint system on the
seat without putting your weight on the
seat and fasten the seat belt. See the
manufacturer's instructions on the
child-restraint system for belt routing
instructions.
4. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
5. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.

7. (With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate, remove the child-restraint
system, switch the ignition to OFF or
ACC, and then re-install the childrestraint system.
Refer to Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on page
2-54.

NOTE
l

l

Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.

6. Seat your child safely in the childrestraint system and secure the child
according to the instructions from the
child-restraint system manufacturer.

2-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page48
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a childrestraint system ONLY be used on the
front passenger seat if the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-54). Seating a child in a childrestraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate, this means that the
front passenger front and side air
bags, and seat belt pretensioner are
ready for deployment. If an accident
were to deploy an air bag, a child in
a child-restraint system sitting in the
front passenger seat could be
seriously injured or killed. If the
indicator light does not illuminate
after seating a child in a childrestraint system on the front
passenger seat, seat a child in a
child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page49
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint
system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the
seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE
To install a child-restraint system on the rear-seat center position, use a seat belt-secured childrestraint system.

2-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page50
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Outboard Seats)
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.

5. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.

3. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-11.
4. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.

2-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Tether
strap

Anchor
bracket

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page51
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.

qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Center Seat)
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest
LATCH lower anchors which are 466 mm
(18.35 in) apart. LATCH compatible
child-restraint systems (with attachments
on belt webbing) can be used at this
seating position only if the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions state
that the child-restraint system can be
installed to LATCH lower anchors that are
466 mm (18.35 in) apart. Do not attach
two child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your childrestraint system has a tether, it must also
be used for your child's optimum safety.

2-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page52
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.

3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
Anchor bracket location

1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Tether strap position

Tether
strap

NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.

2-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Anchor
bracket

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page53
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verify
the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location
indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
l
l
l
l

The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions that are not
severe enough to activate the air bags.
l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

2-41

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page54
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant
classification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System (page 2-54) for details.
If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification
system, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified
time after the ignition is switched ON.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-26).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.

WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, side
collisions that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat
belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on
the rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

2-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page55
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping
up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side
and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the
door on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too
close to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the
sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by
sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn
properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

2-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page56
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.

2-44

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page57
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not drive with a damaged front door:
Driving with a damaged front door is dangerous. Each front door has a side crash
sensor as a component of supplemental restraint system. If a door is damaged, the
sensor could be affected and not operate correctly during a side collision. Have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l

l

When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.

2-45

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page58
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components

Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Crash sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-20)
Front air bag sensor
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-49)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-54)
Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-54)
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-58)
Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-54)
NOTE
system.

are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification

2-46

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page59
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to
the seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions.

qDriver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-51).
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.

qFront Passenger Air Bag
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard. The inflation
mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, as mentioned
above.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-51).

2-47

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page60
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the
total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-54).

qSide Air Bags
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-51).
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with
the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-54).

2-48

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page61
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
qCurtain Air Bags
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-51).
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on
that side only to inflate.
The side and curtain air bags will deploy only
on the side the vehicle receives the force of
the impact.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warning
light turns off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly
illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of these
occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work
in an accident.

2-49

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page62
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner
could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and the
warning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard
for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning
beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as
possible.

2-50

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page63
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type
of collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
A severe frontal/near frontal collision

Types of collision
A severe side collision

A rear collision

SRS
equipment

Front seat
belt
pretensioner
Driver air
bag
Front
passenger air
bag

X*1 (both sides)
X
No air bag and front seat
belt pretensioner will be
activated in a rear collision.

*1

X

Side air bag
Curtain air
bag

X*1 (impact side only)
X (impact side only)

X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*1: (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed
to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat.

2-51

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page64
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,
the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Impacts involving trees or poles

Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts involving trees or poles

2-52

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page65
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags

Roll-over

2-53

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page66
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System í
First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-41)
carefully.
NOTE
This system is equipped on models for the U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican markets.

qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-49).

qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passenger
seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and
monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to
prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from
deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illuminates. Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illumination conditions.
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.

2-54

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page67
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
Condition detected by the
Front passenger seat
Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and
front passenger occupant
belt pretensioner
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
classification system
system
Off
Deactivated
Deactivated
Empty (Not occupied)*1
Child or child-restraint
On
Deactivated
Deactivated
system*2
Adult*3
Off
Ready
Ready
*1 : If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
*2 : If a larger child sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending
on the child's physique.
*3 : If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a child
depending on the person's physique.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do not
allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.

2-55

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page68
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is
dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total
seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat
belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will
not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious
injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in
an air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:
Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback
reclined too far.
Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

2-56

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page69
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous. The front passenger seat
weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the
unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under
the following conditions, for example:
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

CAUTION
Ø To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-34).

2-57

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page70
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

l

The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front
passenger seat receives a severe impact.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint system
according to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in
the front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the
floor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
still illuminates, move the passenger to the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slide
the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

2-58

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page71
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
Monitoring and Maintenance
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front air bag sensor
l Air bag modules
l Side crash sensors
l Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
l Front seat belt pretensioners
l Related wiring
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
l Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
l Driver seat slide position sensor
l Front passenger seat weight sensors
l Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
l
l

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.

qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,
take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l The air bag system warning light flashes.
l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.
l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.
l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.
l The air bags have deployed.
l (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details about
this indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page
2-54).

2-59

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page72
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Essential Safety Equipment

SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be
replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a
trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they
will work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag
or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering
wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,
containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air
bag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air
bag equipped vehicle.
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”
(page 9-2).

2-60

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page73
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

3

Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2
Advanced Keys í ...................................................................... 3-2
Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7
Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-15
Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-19
Warning Lights and Beep Sounds ........................................... 3-20
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-23
Doors and Locks .........................................................................
Keys ........................................................................................
Keyless Entry System .............................................................
Door Locks .............................................................................
Trunk Lid ................................................................................
Inside Trunk Release Lever .....................................................
Power Windows ......................................................................
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ...........................................................
Hood .......................................................................................
Moonroof í .............................................................................

3-24
3-24
3-25
3-31
3-36
3-39
3-40
3-43
3-45
3-47

Security System ...........................................................................
Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) .............................
Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................
Theft-Deterrent System í ........................................................

3-50
3-50
3-54
3-58

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-61
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-61
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-61

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3-1

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page74
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Advanced Keys í
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enable the
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).
l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.
l Starting the engine without operating the key.
Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.
Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-15.
l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system
from a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):
Locking/unlocking the doors.
Opening the trunk lid.
Operating the theft-deterrent system í.
Turning on the alarm.
l Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.
l
l
l
l

WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where
your children will not find or play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to be
an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls
to operate, or even make the vehicle move.
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as
pacemakers:
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the
advanced key will affect the equipment.
NOTE
l
l
l

l

The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-50) for information regarding keys and engine starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-58) for information regarding keys and the prevention of
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
The advanced keyless functions can be turned off.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 10-8.

3-2

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page75
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button
Panic button

Operation indicator light

Auxiliary key

Key code number plate

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

3-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page76
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CAUTION
Ø Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function
correctly under the following conditions:
Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular
phones.
Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.
Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell
phones.
Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.
Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.
Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain
gas stations.
Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives highintensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such
as televisions or personal computers.
Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:
Ø Drop the advanced key.
Ø Get the advanced key wet.
Ø Disassemble the advanced key.
Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.
Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.
Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.
NOTE
l

Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY
indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,
otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the
battery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light (red) on page 5-54. If this occurs, you will
have to either force-start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead
Warning on page 3-21.

l

Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keys
can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page77
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTION
Ø Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing
upward. Battery leakage could
occur if it is not installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to touch any of the
internal circuitry and electrical
terminals, bend the electrical
terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter
could be damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the advanced key. If replacing
the battery by yourself, follow the
instruction below.
Replacing the advanced key battery
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Gently and slowly pry open the cover
using a small flathead screwdriver.

The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
l The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds after the engine is turned off.
l The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
l The system's operational range is
reduced.

3-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page78
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3. Remove the battery by pressing its
edge.

qService
If you have a problem with the advanced
keyless functions, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,
bring all remaining advanced keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen advanced key
inoperative.

CAUTION
4. Install a new battery (CR2025 or
equivalent) with the positive pole
facing down.

5. Close the cover.
6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

3-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page79
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Operation Using Advanced
Keyless Functions
qOperational Range

Opening the trunk lid
The operational range for opening the
trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (31 in)
from the center of the trunk lid.
Exterior transmitter

The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the advanced key is being
carried.
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in places
where there are high-intensity radio waves or
noise, the operational range may become
narrower or the system may not operate.

Operational range

Locking, unlocking the doors
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80
cm (31 in) from the center of the front
door handles.
Exterior transmitter

Operational range

Starting the engine
The operational range for starting the
engine includes nearly the entire cabin
area.
Interior transmitter

Operational range

NOTE
The system may not operate if you are too
close to the windows, door handles.

3-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page80
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l

l

The trunk is out of the operational range,
however, starting the engine may be
possible.
The engine may not start if the advanced
key is placed in the following areas:
Around the dashboard
In the storage compartments such as the
glove box
On the rear parcel shelf
Starting the engine may be possible even if
the advanced key is outside of the vehicle
and extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from the
driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and driven away
while the advanced key is not in the vehicle,
the vehicle will not restart after it is turned
off and the ignition is switched off.
If the advanced key is detected within
operational range, the operation indicator
light on the transmitter flashes
momentarily.

NOTE
l

l

l

l
l

l

l

l

qLocking, Unlocking Doors
To lock
All the doors can be locked by pressing
the request switch on either front door
while the advanced key is being carried.
A beep sound will be heard once and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.

Request switch

3-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

l

Confirm that all the doors are securely
locked.
All the doors cannot be locked when any
door is open.
If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system,
the hazard warning lights only flash when
the system is armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors are locked using the request
switch. If you prefer, the beep sound can be
turned off.
The volume of the beep sound can also be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
The setting can be changed so that the
doors are locked automatically without
pressing the request switch when walking
away from the vehicle (page 10-8).
(Auto-lock function)
Three seconds after the doors and the trunk
lid are closed and the advanced key is out
of the operational range, the doors will lock
automatically. Also, the hazard warning
lights flash once. (Even if the driver is in
the operational range, all doors are locked
automatically after about 30 seconds.)
If you are out of the operational range
before the doors are completely closed or
another advanced key is left in the vehicle,
the auto-lock function will not work.
Always make sure that all doors are closed
and locked before leaving the vehicle.
The auto-lock function does not close the
power windows or moonroof.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page81
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
To unlock

l

Driver's door handle
To unlock the driver's door, touch the
sensor area on the inside of the driver's
door handle. A beep sound will be heard
twice and the hazard warning lights will
flash twice.
After unlocking the driver's door, unlock
all the other doors by pressing the doorlock switch on the inside of the driver's
door.
Front passenger door handle
To unlock the doors, touch the sensor area
on the inside of a front passenger door
handle. A beep sound will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.

l

l

l

l

l

l

NOTE
l

l

The doors cannot be unlocked for about
three seconds after they are locked even if
the sensor area on the inside of either front
door handle is touched.
Grasp either front door handle properly to
unlock the doors, and make sure it is
unlocked before opening it.
If the door handle is pulled before the door
is unlocked, the door may not open. If this
happens, lock the door and securely grasp
the door handle again to confirm that the
door is unlocked, then open the door.

The sensor is installed on the inside of the
front door handles. The doors cannot be
unlocked by touching any area other than
the sensor area.
If you grasp a front door handle while
wearing gloves, the doors may not unlock,
or they could require extra time to unlock.
The doors could unlock if someone is
carrying the advanced key near the front
door handle and the front door handle is
splashed with water such as by rain, or by
a car wash.
If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system,
the hazard warning lights only flash when
the system is turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.
The method for unlocking the doors can be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors are unlocked using a door
handle. If you prefer, the beep sound can be
turned off.
The volume of the beep sound can also be
adjusted.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking the doors using the sensor
on the inside of the door handle, all the
doors will automatically lock if any of the
following operations are not done within
about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has a
theft-deterrent system, the hazard warning
lights will flash for confirmation.
A door or the trunk lid is opened.
The auxiliary key is inserted into the key
slot.
The push button start is in any position
except off position.
l
l

l

3-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page82
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
l

It may require a few seconds for the doors
to unlock after touching the sensor area on
the inside of either front door handle.

qOpening the Trunk Lid with
Request Switch
The trunk lid can be opened by pressing
the request switch on the under side of the
trunk lid above the license plate while the
advanced key is being carried.
Request switch

qStarting the Engine
Locked steering wheel í
If the electronic steering lock warning
light is flashing and the beep sound is
heard, this indicates that the steering
wheel is not unlocked. To unlock the
steering wheel, move the steering wheel
left and right while pressing the push
button start.
Ignition positions
Each time the push button start is pressed,
the ignition switches in the order of off,
ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button
start again from ON switches the ignition
off.

Indicator light
Indicator
light (ACC)

NOTE
l

l

If the advanced key is left in the trunk, the
trunk lid will close, however, the trunk lid
can be opened using the request switch and
the vehicle could be stolen.
While the ignition is switched ON, the trunk
lid can be opened only when the vehicle is
stopped with the parking brake applied
(manual transaxle) or with the selector
lever in the P position (automatic
transaxle).

3-10

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Indicator
light (ON)

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page83
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l

l

l

The order in which the ignition is switched
can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
The engine starts by pressing the push
button start while depressing the clutch
pedal (manual transaxle) or the brake
pedal (automatic transaxle). To switch the
ignition position, press the push button start
without depressing the pedal.
Do not leave the ignition switched ON
while the engine is not running. Doing so
could result in the battery going dead. If the
ignition is left in ACC (For automatic
transaxle, the shift lever is in the P position,
and the ignition is in ACC), the ignition
switches off automatically after one hour.
The setting can be changed to not switch
the ignition off automatically.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

Off
The power supply to electrical devices
turns off and the push button start
indicator lights (ACC and ON) also turn
off.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition off, set the parking
brake, and make sure the shift lever is
in P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gear
or R (manual transaxle):
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition off, setting the
parking brake, and shifting the shift
lever to P (automatic transaxle) or to
1st gear or R (manual transaxle) is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur which could
result in an accident.
In addition, if your intention is to
leave the vehicle for even a short
period, it is important to switch the
ignition off, as leaving it in another
position will disable some of the
vehicle's security systems and run the
battery down.
ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate
and the indicator light (ACC) illuminates.
In addition, for vehicles equipped with the
steering column lock function, the
steering wheel unlocks.
NOTE
The advanced keyless entry system does not
function while the push button start has been
pressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/
unlock even if they have been locked manually.

3-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page84
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
ON

NOTE

This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The indicator light
(ON) turns off. (The indicator light (ON)
illuminates when the ignition is switched
ON and the engine is not running.)
The warning lights (except brakes) should
be inspected before the engine is started
(page 5-44).

(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal
is not depressed sufficiently.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N and the brake pedal is not
depressed sufficiently.

Starting the engine
NOTE
l

l

The advanced key must be carried because
the advanced key carries an immobilizer
chip that must communicate with the engine
controls at short range.
The engine can be started when the push
button start is pressed from off, ACC, or
ON.

6. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) in the instrument cluster and
the push button start indicator light
(green) illuminate. If the KEY indicator
light (green) does not illuminate, make
sure that the advanced key is being
carried. If the KEY indicator light
(green) does not illuminate while the
advanced key is being carried, you may
have to use the auxiliary key to start
the engine instead (page 3-23).

1. Make sure you are carrying the
advanced key.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Continue to press the brake pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
5. (Manual transaxle)
Continue to press the clutch pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
(Automatic transaxle)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).

3-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red)
illuminates, and the push button
start indicator light (red) illuminates,
this could indicate a problem with
the engine starting system and the
inability to start the engine or switch
the ignition to ACC or ON. Have your
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page85
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l

Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the push button start will not
switch to ACC even if it is pressed from off.
The advanced key battery is dead.
The advanced key is out of operational
range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer similar
to the advanced key is in the operational
range.
(Forced engine starting method)
If the KEY warning light (red) and the push
button start indicator light (red) illuminate
when the brake pedal (Automatic transaxle)
or the clutch pedal (Manual transaxle) is
depressed to start the engine, the engine
may not start using these methods. Have
your vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this
occurs, the engine can be force-started.
Press and hold the push button start until
the engine starts. Other procedures
necessary for starting the engine such as
having the advanced key in the cabin, and
depressing the brake pedal (Automatic
transaxle) or the clutch pedal (Manual
transaxle) are required.
When the engine is force-started, the key
warning light (red) remains illuminated and
the key indicator light (green) does not
illuminate.
If the attempt to start the engine using the
forced-start method is unsuccessful, it may
be necessary to use the auxiliary key.

NOTE
l

l

l
l

l

l

l

l

l

After starting the engine, the push button
start indicator lights (ACC and ON) turn
off and the ignition is in the ON position.
After pressing the push button start and
before the engine starts, the operation
sound of the fuel pump motor from near the
fuel tank can be heard, however, this does
not indicate a malfunction.

8. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about ten seconds.
NOTE
l

l

Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without the use of the
accelerator.
If the engine does not start the first time,
refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under
Emergency Starting. If the engine still does
not start, have your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-15).

Starting the engine using the auxiliary
key
If the engine cannot be started for reasons
such as the advanced key battery is dead,
the engine can be started using the
auxiliary key.
1. Slide the auxiliary key out from the
bottom of the advanced key.
2. Use the auxiliary key to remove the
key slot cover.
3. Depress the clutch (manual transaxle)
or brake pedal (automatic transaxle)
until the ring around the key slot starts
flashing.

7. Press the push button start after both
the KEY indicator light (green) in the
instrument cluster and the push button
start indicator light (green) illuminate.

3-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page86
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
4. Insert the auxiliary key into the slot
while it is flashing, but DO NOT
TURN THE AUXILIARY KEY IN
THE SLOT.

2. (Manual transaxle)
Shift into neutral.
(Automatic transaxle)
Shift the shift lever to the P position.
3. Press the push button start to turn off
the engine.

CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the push button start is pressed to
off.
NOTE
l

CAUTION
After inserting the auxiliary key, do
not attempt to turn it in the key slot.
It could damage the vehicle or the
auxiliary key.
5. Press the push button start to start the
engine.
NOTE
l

l

l

Leave the auxiliary key in the key slot while
the engine is running.
When leaving the vehicle, remove the
auxiliary key from the key slot and the
vehicle.
A thief does not need your advanced key to
steal the vehicle if the thief has your
auxiliary key.
To switch the ignition position, insert the
auxiliary key into the key slot, depress the
clutch pedal (manual transaxle) or the
brake pedal (automatic transaxle), and then
press the push button start right after
releasing the pedal.

Turning the engine off
1. Stop the vehicle completely.

3-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

When the push button start is pressed to off
from ON, the KEY indicator light (green)
flashes for approximately 30 seconds
indicating that the remaining battery power
of the advanced key is low. Replace with a
new battery before the advanced key
becomes unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on
page 3-5.
(Automatic transaxle)
If the engine is turned off while the shift
lever is in a position other than P, the
ignition switches to ACC.

Emergency engine stop

WARNING
Do not press (or touch) the push button
start while the vehicle is moving:
Pressing the push button start and
stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving for any reason other than
in an emergency is dangerous.
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving will result in reduced
maneuverability and braking ability
due to the loss of power steering and
power braking, which could cause an
accident and serious injury.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page87
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Continuously pressing the push button
start while the engine is running and the
vehicle is stopped, or quickly pressing it
any number of times will turn the engine
off immediately.

Operation Using Advanced
Key Functions
qKeyless Entry System
This system uses the more traditional
keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and
unlock the doors and opens the trunk lid.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system does not operate when the
auxiliary key is in the key slot.
The keyless entry system is fully operational
when the push button start is switched off.
The system does not operate if the push
button start is switched to any position
other than off.
All doors cannot be locked by pressing the
lock button while any door is open. The
hazard warning lights will also not flash.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-5).

3-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page88
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE

Transmitter

l

Lock button

Operation indicator light

Unlock button
Trunk button

l

Panic button

The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button. A
beep sound will be heard once and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
To confirm that all doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
The system can be set not to sound the
horn.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

A beep sound can be heard for confirmation
when the doors are locked using the
advanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,
the beep sound can be turned off. The
volume of the beep sound can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors are locked before the theftdeterrent system is properly armed.
When the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the hazard
warning lights will flash once to indicate
that the system is armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.

NOTE
l

l

All doors cannot be locked when any door
is open.
Confirm that all doors are locked visually
or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
To unlock all doors, press the unlock
button again within 3 seconds and two
more beep sounds will be heard.

3-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page89
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l

l

l

A beep sound can be heard for confirmation
when the doors are unlocked using the
advanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,
the beep sound can be turned off. The
volume of the beep sound can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
The system can be set to unlock all doors by
performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that all doors are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash
unless the theft deterrent system has been
properly turned off.
When the doors are unlocked by pressing
the unlock button on the transmitter while
the theft-deterrent system is turned off, the
hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the system is turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.

Trunk button
To open the trunk, press and hold the
trunk button until the trunk lid opens.
NOTE
To open the trunk when the ignition is switched
to a position other than off, use the remote
release button inside the vehicle (page 3-36).

Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the trunk lid is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
NOTE
However, if the driver is too close to the
vehicle the panic button may not function.

NOTE
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
will automatically lock if any of the following
operations are not performed within about 30
seconds. If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent
system, the hazard warning lights will flash for
confirmation.
l A door or the trunk lid is opened.
l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key
slot.
l The push button start is in any position
except off position.

(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the transmitter.

3-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page90
Friday, October 15 2010 5:33 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Declaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system

3-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page91
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAuxiliary Key Function
Use the auxiliary key stored in the
advanced key in the event of a dead
transmitter battery or malfunction.
Removing the auxiliary key
Pull out the auxiliary key from the
advanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors
The doors can be locked/unlocked using
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,
Unlocking with Key (page 3-31).

Advanced Key Suspend
Function
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle,
the functions of the advanced key left in
the vehicle are temporarily suspended to
prevent theft of the vehicle.
The following are inoperable:
l Starting the engine using the push
button start.
l Operating the request switches.
To restore these functions, perform any
one of the following:
l Press a switch on the advanced key
which has had its functions temporarily
suspended.
l (Manual transaxle)
When carrying another advanced key,
depress the clutch pedal until the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates.
(Automatic transaxle)
When carrying another advanced key,
depress the brake pedal until the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates.

Starting the engine
The engine can be started with the
auxiliary key, refer to Starting the engine
(page 3-10).
Locking, unlocking the glove box
The glove box can be locked/unlocked
using the auxiliary key, refer to Glove
Box (page 6-151).

3-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page92
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Warning Lights and Beep
Sounds
qSystem Malfunction Warning Light
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced
keyless function, the KEY warning light
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates
continuously.

CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
the vehicle with the advanced keyless
function. Park the vehicle in a safe
place and use the auxiliary key to
continue driving the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Starting the engine (page
3-10).

qIgnition Not Switched Off
(STOP) Warning Beep
If the driver's door is opened while the
ignition is switched to ACC, a continuous
beep sound will be heard to notify the
driver that the ignition has not been
switched off (STOP). Left in this
condition, the keyless entry system will
not operate, the car cannot be locked, and
the battery power will be depleted.

3-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qAdvanced Key Removed from
Vehicle Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, a beep
sound will be heard and the KEY warning
light (red) will flash continuously when
the push button start has not been
switched off to notify the driver that the
advanced key has been removed. The
KEY warning light (red) will stop flashing
when the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle:
l The push button start has not been
switched off, the driver's door is open,
and the advanced key is removed from
the vehicle. (A beep sound will be
heard 3 times.)
However the beep sound will be heard
continuously when the push button
start is switched to ACC and the door
is open due to the activation of the
warning beep sound indicating that the
push button start is not switched off.
l The push button start has not been
switched off and all the doors are
closed after removing the advanced
key from the vehicle. (A beep sound
will be heard 6 times. The volume of
the beep sound can be changed.)
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 10-8.
NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Advanced Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced
key is carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area
within the vehicle.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page93
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qRequest Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep
If the request switch for a front door is
pressed under the following conditions
while the advanced key is being carried, a
beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that
the front doors cannot be locked.
l A door is open (door ajar included).
l The ignition has not been switched off.
l The auxiliary key is inserted into the
key slot.

qAdvanced Key Battery Dead
Warning
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
switched off from ON, the KEY indicator
light (green) flashes for approximately 30
seconds indicating that the remaining
battery power is low. Replace with a new
battery before the advanced key becomes
unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance
(page 3-5).

l

A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunk
Warning Beep
If the advanced key is left in the trunk
compartment with all doors locked and
the trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heard
for about 10 seconds to remind the driver
the advanced key has been left in the
trunk compartment. If this happens, open
the trunk lid by pressing the request
switch and remove the advanced key. An
advanced key removed from the trunk
may not function because its functions
may have been temporarily suspended. To
restore the advanced key function,
perform the applicable procedure (page
3-19).
The system can be set not to open the
trunk.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning
Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the ignition will not switch to
ACC even if the ignition is switched off.
l The advanced key battery is dead.
l The advanced key is not within
operational range.
l The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).

3-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page94
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle
Warning Beep
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle
cabin and all the doors are locked using a
separate advanced key, a beep sound is
heard for about 10 seconds to remind the
driver that the advanced key has been left
in the vehicle cabin. If this happens, the
doors lock but the functions of the
advanced key left in the vehicle cabin
may be temporarily suspended. Perform
the following procedure to restore the
functions of the advanced key (page
3-19).
The volume of the beep sound can be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
NOTE
The warning beep does not sound while the
trunk is open. The warning beep sounds after
the trunk is closed.

qAuxiliary Key Removed Warning
Beep
If the auxiliary key is removed under the
following conditions while it is in use and
in the ACC or ON position, the warning
beep sounds three times.
l The advanced key is not in the vehicle.
l The battery for the advanced key is
dead.

3-22

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page95
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-20).
Warning

How to check
Check whether the ignition has been
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be heard.
switched off.
When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the KEY warning Check whether the advanced key has
light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.
been removed from the vehicle.
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times, and the KEY
Check whether the advanced key has
warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.
been removed from the vehicle.
When locking the doors or closing the trunk , the chime sounds for
Check whether the advanced key has
about ten seconds.
been left in the vehicle or the trunk .
Check whether the ignition has been
When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on switched off.
the front doors, and six beep sounds are heard.
Check whether a door is open.
The advanced key battery power is low.
Replace the battery with a new one.
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on
page 3-5.
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park
the vehicle in a safe place, and use the
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated in the
auxiliary key to continue driving the
instrument cluster.
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.

3-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page96
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.

A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
l

l

Write down the code number and keep it in
a separate, safe and convenient place, but
not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
Some types of key chains cannot be
attached to the retractable type key. In this
case, use the key ring provided with the
transmitter which has the key code number
plate attached.

NOTE
l

l

Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-54) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-58)
for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents
theft.
Key ring

The keys operate all locks.

Retractable
type key

Key code number plate

3-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page97
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
To extend the key, press the release
button.

Keyless Entry System
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and opens the trunk lid.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Operating the theft-deterrent system with
the keyless entry system transmitter is
also possible on theft-deterrent systemequipped vehicles.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
Ø Drop the transmitter.
Ø Get the transmitter wet.
Ø Disassemble the transmitter.
Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
Ø Expose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.

NOTE
l

l

l

l

The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system does not operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-28).
Additional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.

3-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page98
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qTransmitter

NOTE
l

Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button

l

Operation
indicator light
Trunk button

The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button.
To confirm that all doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
The system can be set not to sound the
horn.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

l

l

Doors can be locked by pressing the lock
button while any other door is open.
However, the hazard warning lights will not
flash and the horn will not sound.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors are locked before the theftdeterrent system is properly armed.
When the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the hazard
warning lights will flash once to indicate
that the system is armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.
All doors cannot be locked when the key is
in the ignition switch.
Confirm that all doors are locked visually
or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button.
To unlock all doors, press the unlock
button again within 5 seconds.

3-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page99
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
NOTE

Panic button

(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the theft
deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
When the doors are unlocked by pressing the
unlock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazard
warning lights will flash twice to indicate that
the system is turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-58.
The system can be set to unlock all doors by
performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.

NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
will automatically lock if one of the doors or
the trunk lid is not opened within about 30
seconds.
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

Trunk button
To open the trunk, press and hold the
trunk button until the trunk lid opens.
NOTE
To open the trunk when the ignition is switched
to a position other than off, use the remote
release button inside the vehicle (page 3-36).

3-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page100
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
push the tab to remove the key from
the transmitter.
Tab

CAUTION
Ø Install the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to touch any of the
internal circuitry and electrical
terminals, bend the electrical
terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter
could be damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-24).

3-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page101
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.

)

qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTION
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Align the key with the transmitter as
shown in the figure, and insert the key
until a click sound is heard.

Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.

CAUTION
Insert the key into the transmitter
securely until a click sound is heard.
If it is not inserted securely, it could
detach from the transmitter.

3-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page102
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qDeclaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system

3-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page103
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
Always close all the windows and the
moonroof, lock the doors and take the
key with you when leaving your vehicle
unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.

After closing the doors, always verify
that they are securely closed:
Doors not securely closed are
dangerous, if the vehicle is driven
with a door not securely closed, the
door could open unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
Always confirm the safety around the
vehicle before opening a door:
Suddenly opening a door is
dangerous. A passing vehicle or a
pedestrian could be hit and cause an
accident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to lock,
toward the back to unlock.

Lock

Unlock

qLocking with Request Switch
(with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked by operating the
request switch while carrying the
advanced key outside the vehicle, refer to
Operations Using Advanced Keyless
Functions (page 3-7).

3-31

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page104
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qUnlocking with Door Handle
(With Advanced Key)
The doors can be unlocked by operating
the door handle on the front doors while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, press the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Door-lock knob

qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-15).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-25).

NOTE
l

l

l

qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, press
the door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it outward.
This does not operate the other door
locks.

Lock

Unlock

3-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

When locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
(With advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside.
(Without advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside if the
key is in the ignition switch.

qPower Door Locks
Vehicle lock-out prevention
(With advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. All doors will automatically
unlock if they are locked using the power
door locks with any door open.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page105
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
(With retractable type key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors will automatically unlock
if they are locked using the power door
locks with any door open.
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors lock automatically when the
driver's door is locked with the key.
All doors unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position for one second or longer.

Lock

Unlock

NOTE
l

l

Holding the key in the unlocked position in
the driver's door lock for about a second
unlocks all doors. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the driver's
door lock and turn the key briefly to the
unlock position and then immediately
return it to the center position.
The system can be set to unlock all doors by
performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors lock automatically when lock
side is pressed. They all unlock when
unlock side is pressed.

Unlock

Lock

Locking with request switch (with
advanced key)
All doors can be locked by operating the
request switch on the front doors while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Unlocking with door handle (with
advanced key)
Driver's door or all doors can be unlocked
by operating the door handle on the front
doors while carrying the advanced key
outside the vehicle, refer to Operating
Using Advanced Keyless Functions (page
3-7).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with advanced key)
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-15).

3-33

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page106
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-25).
Auto lock/unlock function

Settings can be changed using the
following operation.
Function
number
1
2

WARNING
Do not pull the inner handle on a front
door:
Pulling an inner handle on a front
door while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Passengers can fall out of
the vehicle if a front door accidentally
opens, which could result in death or
serious injury.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 20
km/h (12 mph), all doors lock
automatically.
l When the ignition is switched off, all
doors unlock automatically.
These functions can also be disabled so
that they do not operate.

3

4

l

NOTE
Additional auto lock/unlock function
(Automatic transaxle)
A function setting is also available which
enable automatic locking and unlocking of
doors when shifting gears.

Auto lock/unlock function setting
change using door-lock switch
The doors and the liftgate can set to lock
or unlock automatically by selecting any
one of the functions from the following
table and using the driver's door-lock
switch on the interior to perform the
setting change as indicated in the
procedure which follows.

3-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5

Function
The auto door-lock function is
disabled.
All the doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the vehicle speed
is about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
All the doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the vehicle speed
is about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
All the doors and the liftgate unlock
when the ignition is switched from ON
to ACC or Off.
When the ignition is switched ON and
the shift lever is shifted from park (P)
to any other gear position, all the
doors and the liftgate lock
automatically.
When the ignition is switched ON and
the shift lever is shifted from park (P)
to any other gear position, all the
doors and the liftgate lock
automatically.
When the shift lever is shifted to park
(P) while the ignition is switched ON,
all the doors and the liftgate unlock
automatically.

1. Stop the vehicle and close all the doors.
2. Switch the ignition ON.
3. Press and hold the lock side of the
driver's door-lock switch within 10
seconds of switching the ignition ON,
and make sure a beep sound is heard
about eight seconds afterwards.
4. Referring to the auto lock/unlock
function setting table, determine the
function number for the desired setting
and press the unlock side of the driver's
door-lock switch only in the amount of
the selected function number (Ex. If
you select function 2, press the unlock
side of the switch only 2 times).

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page107
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
NOTE
There are only a total of five auto lock/unlock
settings available. Be sure to press the unlock
side of the driver's door-lock switch the correct
number of times according to the selected
function number. If the switch is mistakenly
pressed six times, the procedure will be
invalidated. If this occurs, start the procedure
from the beginning.

5. Three seconds after the function setting
has been changed, a beep sound will
beep in the amount of the selected
function number.

qRear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by pulling
the outside handle.
Unlock

NOTE
l

l

The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
while the setting function is being
performed.
The procedure can be cancelled by pressing
the lock side of the driver's door-lock
switch.

Lock

3-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page108
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Trunk Lid
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
trunk:
Allowing a person to ride in the trunk
is dangerous. In addition, the person
in the trunk could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Keep the trunk closed when driving:
Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a
vehicle through an open trunk is
dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is
colorless, odorless, and highly
poisonous. If inhaled, it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNING
Close the trunk lid, be sure the seat
backs are latched and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by latching the
rear seats, doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children can
not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car, the rear
folding seats or the trunk unlocked.
Opening the trunk lid with the request
switch (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the request switch on the trunk lid while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-15).

3-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page109
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with retractable type key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-25).
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release button
Push the release button.

When the trunk lid cannot be opened
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a
malfunction in the electrical system and
the trunk lid cannot be opened, perform
the following procedure as an emergency
measure to Open it:
1. Open the cover behind the right rear
passenger seat head restraint.

Cover

Lever
Cover

NOTE
While the ignition is switched ON, the trunk lid
can be opened only when the vehicle is stopped
with the parking brake applied (manual
transaxle) or with the selector lever in the P
position (automatic transaxle).

2. Pull the lever forward and fold down
the seatback.
3. Carefully climb into the trunk from the
back seat.

3-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page110
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
4. Slide the inside trunk release lever in
the direction of the arrow.

NOTE
l

l

After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
Closing the trunk lid
Use both hands to push the trunk lid down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is
secure.

qTrunk Light
The trunk light is on when the lid is open
and off when it's closed.

3-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the trunk open for
a long period when the engine is not
running.
(Battery saver)
If the lid is left open, the trunk light turns
off after about 30 minutes to prevent battery
depletion.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page111
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Inside Trunk Release Lever
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release lever that provides a means
of escape for children and adults in the
event they become locked inside the
trunk.
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside trunk release lever
so that all children can be told about it in
an appropriate way, keeping in mind that
most vehicles do not have such levers.

WARNING
Close the trunk lid, be sure the seat
backs are latched and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by latching the
rear seats, doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children can
not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car, the rear
folding seats or the trunk unlocked.

3-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page112
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Inside
Slide the inside trunk release lever in the
direction of the arrow. The lever is made
of material that will glow for hours in the
darkness of the trunk following a brief
exposure to ambient light.
The inside trunk release lever is located
on the inside of the trunk lid.

Power Windows
The ignition must be switched ON for the
power windows to operate.

WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Always lock all passenger power
windows with the power window lock
switch on the driver's side while
children are in the vehicle, and never
allow children to play with power
window switches, the advanced key or
the keyless entry system:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child's
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window.
Letting children play with advanced
keys or keyless entry systems are just
as dangerous.

CAUTION
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
do not open or close more than three
windows at once.

3-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page113
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qOperating the Driver's Side
Power Window
Manual opening/closing
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Close
Driver's
window

Open

NOTE
If the battery was disconnected during vehicle
maintenance, or for other reasons such as a
switch continues to be operated after the
window is fully open/close, the window will not
fully open and close automatically. Carry out
the following procedure to resume operation:
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the switch and fully open the window.
3. Pull up the switch to fully close the window
and continue holding the switch for about 2
seconds after the window fully closes.

Jam-safe window
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the window during the autoclosing operation, the window will stop
and open halfway.
Auto-opening/closing
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down, then
release. The window will fully open
automatically.
To fully close the window automatically,
pull the switch completely up, then
release. The window will fully close
automatically.
To stop the window partway, pull or press
the switch in the opposite direction and
then release it.

WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the window
just before it reaches the fully closed
position or while holding up the power
window switch:
Blocking the power window just
before it reaches the fully closed
position or while holding up the
power window switch is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the window from
closing all the way. If fingers are
caught, serious injuries could occur.
NOTE
Depending on driving conditions, a closing
power window could stop and start opening
when the window feels a shock that is similar
to something blocking it.
In the event the jam-safe function activates and
the power window cannot be closed
automatically, pull and hold the switch and the
window will close.

3-41

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page114
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF with
all doors closed. If any door is opened, the
power window will be inoperable.
NOTE
For engine-off operation of the power window,
the switch must be held up firmly throughout
window closure because the auto-closing
function will be inoperable.

To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Front/rear passenger switch

Close
Open

qOperating the Passenger Power
Windows
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
The passenger windows may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Left rear window

qPower Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position (button not depressed), all power
windows on each door can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position (button depressed), only the
driver's side power window can be
operated.
Locked position

Front passenger's
window
Right rear window
Power window lock switch

3-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Unlocked position

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page115
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
WARNING
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
power window, keep the power window
lock switch in the locked position:
Unintentional power window
operation is dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or neck could be caught
by the window and result in serious
injury.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel-filler cap,
loosen the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel-filler cap is
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel-filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.

CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel-filler cap or an approved
equivalent, available at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious
malfunction of the fuel and emission
control systems. It may also cause
the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.

3-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page116
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until two or more clicks are
heard.

Open

Close

3-44

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

CAUTION
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-filler cap may
not be properly installed. If the
warning light illuminates, park your
vehicle safely off the right-of-way,
remove the fuel-filler cap and
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has
been correctly installed, the fuel cap
warning light may continue to
illuminate until a number of driving
cycles have been completed. A drive
cycle consists of starting the engine
(after four or more hours with the
engine off) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check
fuel cap warning light illuminated
could cause the check engine light to
illuminate as well.
NOTE
The removed cap can be attached to the inner
side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel
on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page117
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.

3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.

Pad

Clip

qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.

Support rod

qClosing the Hood

WARNING
Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood opening,
slide the hood latch lever to the right,
and lift the hood.

Do not leave items in the engine
compartment:
After you have finished checking or
doing servicing in the engine
compartment, do not forget and
leave items such as tools or rags in
the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine
compartment could cause engine
damage or a fire leading to an
unexpected accident.

3-45

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page118
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area on
the stay, and secure the stay in the clip.
Verify that the support rod is secured in
the clip before closing the hood.
Clip

Clip
Clip

3-46

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3. Lower the hood slowly until it rests in
the unlocked position, and then remove
your hands. Push the front center edge
of the hood downward until a latching
sound is heard, and the hood closes
completely.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page119
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
Moonroof í
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition is
switched ON.
Slide switch

NOTE
Before washing your Mazda, make sure the
moonroof is completely closed so that water
does not get inside the cabin area. After
washing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe the
water off the moonroof before operating it to
avoid water penetration which could cause
rust and water damage to your headliner.

Tilt switch

qOperating the Moonroof
Tilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.

WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or
extend part of their body through the
open moonroof while the vehicle is
moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
serious injury or death.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a
person ―especially a child― could
be caught in it as it closes, causing
serious injury or even death.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the tilt switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
pull the tilt switch or press the front of the
slide switch.
To stop tilting partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.

Tilt down
Close
(Tilt down)

Tilt up

Slide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the rear of the slide switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
press the front of the slide switch or pull
the tilt switch.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3-47

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page120
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
To stop sliding partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.

Open

qEngine-off Moonroof Operation
The moonroof can be operated for about
40 seconds after the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC or OFF with all doors
closed. If any door is opened, the
moonroof will be inoperable.
NOTE

Close

Tilt down
(Close)

For engine-off operation of the moonroof, the
switch must be pushed firmly throughout
moonroof closure because the auto-closing
function will be inoperable.

qJam-safe Moonroof
Power moonroof re-set procedure
If the battery had been disconnected
during vehicle maintenance or for other
reasons, the moonroof may not fully open
or close. The moonroof's jam-safe
function does not function while the
moonroof is re-setting. Carry out the
following procedure to resume operation:
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tilt
open the rear of the moonroof.
NOTE
If the re-set procedure is performed while the
moonroof is in the slide position (partially
open) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

3. Repeat the procedure in Step 2. The
rear of the moonroof tilts open to the
fully open position, then closes a little.

If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the moonroof during closing
operation, the moonroof will stop and
open halfway.

WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the
moonroof just before it reaches the
fully closed position:
Blocking the moonroof just before it
reaches the closed position is
dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the moonroof from
stopping. If fingers are caught,
serious injuries could occur.
NOTE
l

l

3-48

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Depending on driving conditions, a closing
moonroof could stop and start opening
when the moonroof feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
The moonroof's jam-safe function does not
function while the moonroof is initializing.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page121
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade

CAUTION
Ø The sunshade does not tilt. To
avoid damaging the sunshade, do
not push up on it.
Ø Do not close the sunshade while
the moonroof is opening. Trying to
force the sunshade closed could
damage it.

3-49

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page122
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with an advanced key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized advanced key, the
engine will not start, thereby helping to
prevent the theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the advanced key
(including auxiliary key), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Do not allow the following when
starting the engine with the auxiliary
key due to an advanced key dead
battery or other malfunction.
Otherwise the signal from the
auxiliary key will not be received
correctly and the engine may not
start.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the auxiliary key
grip.

Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys for
other vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the auxiliary key.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the auxiliary key.

3-50

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page123
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
NOTE
l

l

l

The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)
carry a unique electronic code. For this
reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining
a replacement advanced key (including
auxiliary key) requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare advanced key in case
one is lost. If an advanced key is lost,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
If you lose an advanced key (including
auxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealer
will reset the electronic codes of your
remaining advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.
Bring all the remaining advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.

3-51

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page124
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system

3-52

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page125
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
qOperation
Arming

NOTE
l

The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF. The
security indicator light in the instrument
cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the
system is disarmed.
l

Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the registered
advanced key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct advanced key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

l

l

The engine may not start and the security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if the
advanced key is placed in an area where it
is difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard, or in the
glove box. Move the advanced key to
another place, switch the ignition off, and
then restart the engine.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper advanced key and
the engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If the indicator light is
flashing, switch the ignition to ACC or
switch the ignition off and wait for a while,
then restart the engine. If it does not start
after 3 or more tries, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If the
engine is shut off while the indicator light is
flashing, you will not be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the
advanced key (including auxiliary key) are
needed. Bring all the advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

3-53

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page126
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.

CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.

Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.

3-54

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page127
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

NOTE
l

l

l

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.

The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining a replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.

Ø Spare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.

3-55

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page128
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system

3-56

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page129
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
qOperation
Arming

NOTE
l

The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every two
seconds until the system is disarmed.

l

Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about three seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

l

Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it does not start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you will not be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.

CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.

3-57

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page130
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
Theft-Deterrent System í
If the theft deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
Refer to Operation on page 3-58.
NOTE
l

l

l

The theft-deterrent system operates with the
key or the keyless entry system transmitter.
(With advanced key)
The theft-deterrent system can also be
operated using the advanced keyless
function.
The system operates only when the driver is
in the vehicle or within operational range
while the advanced key is being carried.
The system will not function unless it is
properly armed. To properly secure the
vehicle, always make sure all windows are
completely closed and all doors and the
trunk lid are locked before leaving the
vehicle. Remember to take your key and
transmitter.

qOperation
System triggering conditions
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 30
seconds when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
l Forcing open a door, the hood or the
trunk lid.
l Unlocking a door with the inside doorlock knob.
l Unlocking a door with the door lock
switch.
l Opening a door by operating an inside
door-lock knob.

3-58

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Opening the hood by operating the
hood release handle.
l (Without advanced key)
Switching the ignition ON without the
key.
(With advanced key)
Switching the ignition ON without
using the push button start.
l Opening the trunk lid by operating the
trunk lid release button.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door is
unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with
the key or with the transmitter.
(With advanced key)
The lights and horn can also be
deactivated by unlocking a door using the
sensor on the inside of the door handle.
l

NOTE
If the battery goes dead while the theftdeterrent system is armed, the horn will
activate and the hazard warning lights will
flash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System
1. Close the windows and the moonroof
securely.
2. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
Press the push button start to off
position, if the auxiliary key is inserted
in the key slot, remove it.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page131
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
3. Make sure all windows, the moonroof,
the hood and the trunk lid are closed.
Close and lock all doors and the trunk
lid from the outside using the key. If
you have the keyless entry system,
press the lock button on the transmitter.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
(With advanced key)
Press a request switch on the doors or
the lock button on the transmitter.
(Without advanced key)
Close the hood and the trunk lid. Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “ ” once. Close all doors.
The theft deterrent system can also be
armed by activating the auto re-lock
function with all the doors, the trunk lid
and the hood closed.

NOTE
l

The system will disarm if one of the
following operations takes place within 20
seconds after closing the trunk lid/hood and
locking all the doors:
Pressing the unlock button on the
transmitter.
Any door or the trunk lid is opened.
Unlocking a door with the inside doorlock knob.
The hood is opened.
The key is inserted in the ignition switch.
The auxiliary key inserted into the key
slot (With advanced key).
The push button start is pressed or a
door is unlocked using the sensor on the
inside of the door handle (With
advanced key).
The ignition is switched ON.
To rearm the system, do the arming
procedure again.
When the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter or request
switch on the front doors or using the key
while the theft-deterrent system is armed,
the hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the system is armed.
There is nothing to sense that a window or
the moonroof is open in the system, you
must confirm the windows and moonroof
before you activate the system, and be
careful with the advanced key not to open
the windows and moonroof unintentionally
when unlocking the vehicle.
l

l
l

l
l
l

l

l

l

4. After 20 seconds, the system is fully
armed.
l

qTo Turn Off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door with the key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l The ignition is switched ON.

3-59

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page132
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System
l

(With advanced key)
Unlock a door using the sensor on the
inside of the door handle.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
NOTE
When the doors are unlocked by pressing the
unlock button on the transmitter or using the
key while the theft-deterrent system is turned
off, the hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop the Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door with the key.
l Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l The engine is started with the ignition
key.
l (With advanced key)
Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the
transmitter.
Unlock a door using the sensor on
the inside of the door handle.
The engine is started with the push
button start.
l

l

l

NOTE
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.

3-60

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove compartment.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page133
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock
release lever under the steering
column.
Lock release lever

Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.

WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without looking over
the appropriate shoulder is
dangerous, particularly not taking
the actual distance of the vehicle in
the right convex mirror. You could
have a serious accident. What you
see in the convex mirror is closer than
it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON .
To adjust:

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the
steering column length to the desired
positions, push the lever up to lock the
column.

1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.

3. Push the wheel up and down to be
certain it's locked before driving.

3-61

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page134
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Selector switch

Ground illumination light í
The ground illumination light turns on or
off when the illuminated entry system is
on (page 6-143) .

Mirror switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
center position.
Folding the mirror í
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle .

Driver's side auto-dimming door
mirror í
The movement of the auto-dimming door
mirror is interlocked with the autodimming rearview mirror in the interior to
automatically reduce glare from rear oncoming vehicles.
Refer to Rearview mirror on page 3-62.
NOTE
Front passenger-side door mirror does not
have auto-dimming feature.

qRearview Mirror

WARNING
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.

3-62

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page135
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Rearview mirror adjustment

Reducing glare from headlights

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Manual day/night mirror

Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
Day/Night lever

Day
Night

Auto-dimming mirror

Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition is switched ON.
The door mirrors also adjust in
conjunction with the interior rear view
mirror.

NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform the
adjustment with the day/night lever in the day
position.

3-63

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page136
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will turn off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.

Indicator light

NOTE
l

Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects
on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,
light sensor sensitivity will be affected and
may not operate normally.

OFF button

Light sensor

ON button

Light sensor

l

l

3-64

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

For information regarding the 3 buttons
,
,
) on the auto-dimming
(
mirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless Control
System (page 5-73).
The auto-dimmer function is canceled when
the ignition is switched ON and the shift
lever/selector lever is in reverse (R).

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page137
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

4

Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................
Fuel Requirements ....................................................................
Emission Control System ..........................................................
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) .........................................

4-2
4-2
4-3
4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-7
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8
Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8
Driving In Flooded Area ........................................................... 4-9
Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10
Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-11
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12

4-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page138
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Regular unleaded fuel

Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. It
could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTION
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those
specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page139
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.

WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Ø Do not coast with the ignition switched off.
Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.
Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTE
After the vehicle has been driven a certain distance and the engine is turned off, the sound of a valve
opening and closing can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a selfchecking mechanism which operates after the engine is turned off.

4-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page140
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page141
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
l

l

l

l

Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.

NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,
washer fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting In
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?
l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
l Check all gauges.
l Check all warning lights when the
ignition is switched ON.
l Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
l
l

4-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page142
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
Break-In Period

Money-Saving Suggestions

No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
l Do not race the engine.
l Do not maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l Do not drive constantly at full-throttle
or high engine rpm for extended
periods of time.
l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l Avoid full-throttle starts.

How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l Avoid fast starts.
l Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l Slow down on rough roads.
l Keep the tires properly inflated.
l Do not carry unnecessary weight.
l Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.

WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.

4-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page143
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
l Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
l Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
l Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) on page 5-8.
l If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
l For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the front wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.

Floor Mat
WARNING
Make sure the floor mats are hooked
on the retention pins to prevent them
from bunching up under the foot
pedals:
Using a floor mat that is not secured
is dangerous as it will interfere with
the accelerator and brake pedal
operation, which could result in an
accident.
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
In using a heavy duty floor mat for
winter use always remove the
original floor mat.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedal and could result in an
accident.

When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention
posts.

4-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page144
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.

CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and
tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.

4-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, window
scraper, flares, a small shovel, jumper
cables, and a small bag of sand or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-22.
l Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l Use only cold-weather engine oil (page
8-19).
l Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-26).
l Do not use the parking brake in
freezing weather as it may freeze.
Instead, shift to P with an automatic
transaxle and to 1 or R with a manual
transaxle. Block the rear wheels.
l Do not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
l Never use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows
and mirrors as it could result in the
glass cracking.
l Braking performance can be adversely
affected if snow or ice adheres to the
brake equipment. If this situation
occurs, drive the vehicle slowly,
releasing the accelerator pedal and
lightly applying the brakes several
times until the brake performance
returns to normal.
l

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page145
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
qSnow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.

WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.

Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.

CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.

qTire Chains
This vehicle cannot be operated with tire
chains because it could cause interference
with the vehicle body and scratching.

4-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page146
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.

4-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page147
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Driving Tips
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
l Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use
care and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.

4-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page148
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Before Driving Your Mazda

Towing
Trailer Towing
The Mazda6 is not designed for towing.
Never tow a trailer with your Mazda6.

4-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page149
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

5

Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Turning the Engine Off ............................................................. 5-5
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Manual Transaxle Operation ................................................... 5-11
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-13
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-20
Cruise Control í ...................................................................... 5-20
Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-24
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ........................................... 5-25
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ............................................ 5-27
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System í ................................. 5-33
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-38
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-38
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-44
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-44
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-59
Switches and Controls ................................................................
Lighting Control .....................................................................
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...............................................
Fog Lights í ............................................................................
Windshield Wipers and Washer ..............................................
Rear Window Defroster ...........................................................
Horn ........................................................................................
Hazard Warning Flasher ..........................................................
HomeLink Wireless Control System í ....................................

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-61
5-61
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-71
5-72
5-72
5-73

5-1

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page150
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
With advanced key
Refer to “Starting the engine (page 3-10)”
for information on how to use the ignition
switch.

Manual transaxle
To switch the ignition from ACC to OFF/
LOCK, push the key in at the ACC
position, then turn it to the OFF/LOCK
position.

qIgnition Switch Positions (without
Advanced Key)
With OFF
position

Push the key
With LOCK
position

Automatic transaxle
To switch the ignition from ACC to OFF/
LOCK, the shift lever must be in the P
position.
The engraved mark (LOCK) indicated in
the illustration may differ from that
indicated on the actual vehicle (it may
read OFF).
OFF/LOCK
The power supply to electrical devices is
turned off. Only in this position can the
key be removed.

5-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Shift lever
engaged in P
(park)

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page151
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked (with steering lock
mechanism):
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition off, set the parking
brake, and make sure the shift lever is
in P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gear
or R (manual transaxle):
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition off, setting the
parking brake, and shifting the shift
lever to P (automatic transaxle) or to
1st gear or R (manual transaxle) is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur which could
result in an accident.
In addition, if your intention is to
leave the vehicle for even a short
period, it is important to switch the
ignition off, as leaving it in another
position will disable some of the
vehicle's security systems and run the
battery down.

ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. Some indicator
lights/warning lights should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-44).
NOTE
When the ignition is switched ON, the sound of
the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not indicate an
abnormality.

START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key. It
then returns to the ON position.

qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.

NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, move the steering
wheel left and right.
Leaving the key in any position but the OFF/
LOCK position also disables some of the
security features and may run the battery
down.

ACC (Accessory)
In this position, some electrical
accessories will operate.

5-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page152
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
CAUTION

Starting the Engine

Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.

With advanced key
Refer to “Starting the engine (page 3-10)”
for information on how to start the engine.
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
l

1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

l

3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. (Manual transaxle)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transaxle)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate unless the clutch is
depressed sufficiently.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.

5. Switch the ignition to START and hold
(up to 10 seconds at a time) until the
engine starts.

5-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

In extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
If the engine does not start the first time,
refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under
Emergency Starting. If the engine still does
not start, have your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-15).

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page153
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Turning the Engine Off

Brake System

1. Stop the vehicle completely.

qFoot Brake

2. (Manual transaxle)
Shift into neutral.
(Automatic transaxle)
Shift the shift lever to the P position.

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.

3. (Without Advanced Keyless Entry &
Push Button Start System)
Switch the ignition from ON to OFF/
LOCK.
(With Advanced Keyless Entry &
Push Button Start System)
Press the push button start to turn off
the engine.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.

WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the
vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving for any reason other than
in an emergency is dangerous.
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving will result in reduced
maneuverability and braking ability
due to the loss of power steering and
power braking, which could cause an
accident and serious injury.

CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition is switched off.

5-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page154
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.

5-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

CAUTION
Ø Do not drive with your foot held
on the clutch pedal or brake pedal,
or hold the clutch pedal depressed
halfway unnecessarily. Doing so
could result in the following:
Ø The clutch and brake parts will
wear out more quickly.
Ø The brakes can overheat and
adversely affect brake
performance.
Ø Always depress the brake pedal
with the right foot. Applying the
brakes with the unaccustomed left
foot could slow your reaction time
to an emergency situation
resulting in insufficient braking
operation.

Ø Wear shoes appropriate for driving
in order to avoid your shoe
contacting the brake pedal when
depressing the accelerator pedal.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page155
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qParking Brake

WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition off, set the parking
brake, and make sure the shift lever is
in P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gear
or R (manual transaxle):
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition off, setting the
parking brake, and shifting the shift
lever to P (automatic transaxle) or to
1st gear or R (manual transaxle) is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur which could
result in an accident.
In addition, if your intention is to
leave the vehicle for even a short
period, it is important to switch the
ignition off, as leaving it in another
position will disable some of the
vehicle's security systems and run the
battery down.

Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and then firmly
pull the parking brake lever fully upwards
with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in
a stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and pull the
parking brake lever upwards, then press
the release button. While holding the
button, lower the parking brake lever all
the way down to the released position.

CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-8) regarding parking brake use.

5-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page156
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qBrake System Warning Light

Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.

This warning has the following functions:
Brake system warning (2.5-liter engine)
Illuminates when there is a malfunction in
the brake switch.
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switched
to START or ON. It turns off when the
parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-24).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page157
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
NOTE
l

l

Braking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it
is the result of the weak battery and does not
indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.

The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.

5-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page158
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a loud screeching
noise to warn that the pads should be
replaced.

qBrake Assist
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
NOTE
l

l

l

When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel
softer but the brakes will apply more firmly.
This is a normal effect of the brake assist
operation and does not indicate an
abnormality.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, a motor/pump
operation noise may be heard. This is a
normal effect of the brake assist and does
not indicate an abnormality.
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the vehicle's
main braking system.

5-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.

WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page159
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Manual Transaxle Operation
qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

Neutral position

The shift pattern of the transaxle is
conventional, as shown.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a device to
prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.
Push the shift lever downward and shift to
R.

WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move
and cause an accident.

CAUTION
Ø Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
do not use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
Ø Do not apply any excessive lateral
force to the gear lever when
changing from 5th to 4th gear.
This could lead to the accidental
selection of 2nd gear, which can
result in damage to the transaxle.
Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is
still moving may damage the
transaxle.
NOTE
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into
neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try
again.

5-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page160
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend these shift
points.
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6

Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
43 km/h (27 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
72 km/h (45 mph)
90 km/h (56 mph)

For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6

Vehicle speed
16 km/h (10 mph)
32 km/h (20 mph)
48 km/h (30 mph)
60 km/h (37 mph)
71 km/h (44 mph)

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.

5-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page161
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Automatic Transaxle Controls

Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
must be switched to ACC or ON).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the
driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even if
you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be
aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be
retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the
engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-16).

5-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page162
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qTransaxle Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.

WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.

CAUTION
Ø Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transaxle.
Ø Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.

5-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.

CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 5-gear/6-gear* sequence.
* 3.7-liter engine
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-16).

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page163
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transaxle shift
points to best suit the road conditions and
driver input. This optimizes engine
performance and improves driving
comfort. When cornering the vehicle,
AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the
gear the vehicle was in before entering the
curve, allowing the vehicle to be
accelerated from the same gear after
exiting the curve.
If the driver accelerates rapidly, or
accelerates and decelerates rapidly by
operating the accelerator and brake pedal
for a certain period of time while the
selector lever is in the D position, AAS
mode could activate. When this occurs,
AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in
the optimum gear and the driver may
sense that the transaxle is not shifting,
however this does not indicate an
abnormality.

NOTE
l

l

l

When the ignition is switched off, the shift
lever cannot be shifted from P.
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
(With Advanced Key)
The ignition cannot be switched from ACC
to OFF when the shift lever is not in P.

qShift-Lock Override
If the shift lever will not move from P
using the proper shift procedure, continue
to hold down the pedal.
1. Remove the shift-lock override cover
using a cloth-wrapped flat head
screwdriver.
2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.
Cover

qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

3. Move the shift lever.

2. Start the engine.

4. Take the vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the system
checked.

3. Move the shift lever.

5-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page164
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qManual Shift Mode

Indicators

This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the
shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the front wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.

Shift position indicator

To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.

The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Gear position indicator

NOTE

Shift position indicator

Changing to manual shift mode while driving
will not damage the transaxle.

D range/gear position indicator

NOTE
l

To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
NOTE
l

l

l

If you change to manual shift mode when
the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to
M1.
If you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 5th gear, the gear will
shift to M4.
(3.7-liter engine model)
If you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 6th gear, the gear will
shift to M5.

5-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

If the gears cannot be shifted down when
driving at higher speeds, the gear position
indicator will flash twice to signal that the
gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the
transaxle).
(2.5-liter engine model)
If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)
temperature becomes too high, there is the
possibility that the transaxle will switch to
automatic shift mode, canceling manual
shift mode and turning off the gear position
indicator illumination. This is a normal
function to protect the AT. After the ATF
temperature has decreased, the gear
position indicator illumination turns back
on and driving in manual shift mode is
restored.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page165
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Shifting
Manually Shifting up
(M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 →
M6 í)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.

Manually Shifting down
( M6 í → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 →
M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.

WARNING
NOTE
l

l

l

When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up.
In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up
automatically. Do not run the engine with
the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If
the tachometer needle enters the RED
ZONE, you may feel engine-braking
because the fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this does not
indicate an abnormality.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.

Do not use engine braking on slippery
road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
NOTE
l

l

l

When driving at high speeds, the gear may
not shift down depending on vehicle speed.
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-17

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page166
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Second gear fixed mode

Shifting down

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped or driven at
about 12 km/h (7.5 mph) or less, the
transaxle is set in the second gear fixed
mode. The gear is fixed in second while in
this mode for easier starting and driving
on slippery roads. If the shift lever is
tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while in
the second gear fixed mode, the mode will
be canceled.

If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to
protect the transaxle.

Shifting specification
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear
M1 → M2
M2 → M3
M3 → M4
M4 → M5
M5 → M6

Vehicle speed
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
model
model
You can shift up to M2 whether the
vehicle is stopped or moving.
20.9 km/h
15.6 km/h
(13.0 mph)
(9.70 mph)
32.0 km/h
(19.9 mph)
35.8 km/h
(22.3 mph)
43.8 km/h
(27.3 mph)
56.6 km/h
―
(35.2 mph)

Gear
M6 → M5
M5 → M4
M4 → M3
M3 → M2
M2 → M1

Vehicle speed
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
model
model
230 km/h
―
(142 mph)
210 km/h
194.9 km/h
(130 mph)
(121.1 mph)
143 km/h
135.2 km/h
(88.8 mph)
(84.0 mph)
89.9 km/h
85.3 km/h
(55.8 mph)
(53.0 mph)
47.5 km/h
42.3 km/h
(29.5 mph)
(26.2 mph)

NOTE
Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest
gear indicated above, achieving this speed
may not actually be possible depending on
various driving conditions such as the wind,
upslope, and road surface.

During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Vehicle speed
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
model
model
53.5 km/h
M6 → M5
―
(33.2 mph)
40.7 km/h
M5 → M4
(25.2 mph)
32.6 km/h
(20.2 mph)
28.9 km/h
M4 → M3
(17.9 mph)
M3 or M2
10 km/h (6 mph)
7.5 km/h (4.6 mph)
→ M1
Gear

NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.

5-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page167
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M6 → M5
M5 → M4
M4 → M3
M3 → M2

Vehicle speed
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
model
model
230 km/h
―
(142 mph)
199 km/h
172.7 km/h
(123 mph)
(107.3 mph)
133 km/h
74.9 km/h
(82.6 mph)
(46.5 mph)
79.7 km/h
48.9 km/h
(49.5 mph)
(30.3 mph)

qDriving Tips

WARNING
Do not allow the vehicle to move in
reverse on an up-slope while the
selector lever is in a forward gear
position, or move forward on a downslope while the selector lever is in the
reverse position.
Otherwise, the engine will stop,
causing the loss of the power brake
and power steering functions, and
make it difficult to control the vehicle
which could result in an accident.

Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, we
recommend these shift points.
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6

Vehicle speed
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
model
model
24 km/h (15 mph) 24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph) 40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph) 65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph) 73 km/h (45 mph)
―
80 km/h (50 mph)

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.

Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.

5-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page168
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Power Steering

Cruise Control í

Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.

With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 32 km/h (20 mph).

If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power
steering system.

WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
Ø Hilly terrain
Ø Steep inclines
Ø Heavy or unsteady traffic
Ø Slippery or winding roads
Ø Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.

5-20

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page169
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
To deactivate the system, press the OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.

3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
cruise control SET /SET - switch up
or down at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
cruise control SET /SET - switch is
pressed up or down. Release the
accelerator pedal simultaneously.

Cruise control
switch

NOTE
l

WARNING
Always turn off the cruise control
system when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in
an activation-ready state while the
cruise control is not in use is
dangerous as the cruise control could
unexpectedly activate if the
activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle
control and an accident.

l

l

Release the cruise control switch at the
desired speed, otherwise the speed will
continue increasing while the switch is
pressed up, and continue decreasing while
it is pressed down (except when the
accelerator pedal is depressed).
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while ascending,
or speed up while descending.
Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle
speed decreases below about 27 km/h (17
mph) when cruise is activated, such as
when climbing a steep grade.

qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 32 km/h (20 mph).

5-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page170
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press up the cruise control SET
switch
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you want.

To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press down or press up on the cruise
control SET /SET - switch and release
it immediately.

Cruise control
switch

Cruise control
switch

NOTE
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET
switch. Multiple taps will increase
your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for
each tap.

Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it. The vehicle will
gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.

Cruise control
switch

5-22

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page171
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.

l

Press the CANCEL switch.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 32 km/h (20 mph)
If some other method besides the OFF
switch was used to cancel cruising speed
(such as applying the brake pedal) and the
system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume when
the RES switch is pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 32 km/h (20
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 32
km/h (20 mph) or more and press the RES
switch.

The system turns off when the ignition is
switched off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade).

qTo Cancel
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
l Press the OFF switch.
l Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
transaxle only).

5-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page172
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels,
limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.

WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
Use snow tires and drive at reduced
speeds when roads are covered with ice
and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch
(page 5-26).

5-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l

l

In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page173
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page
5-24).
DSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 15 km/h (9 mph).

CAUTION
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
Ø Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Ø Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Ø Do not mix worn tires.
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
when a temporary spare tire is
installed because the tire diameter
changes.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.

This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page174
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qDSC OFF Indicator Light

qDSC OFF Switch
Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the
TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light
will illuminate.

This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
It also illuminates when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-26).
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In this
case, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and
the TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the following
procedure with the battery connected.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
NOTE
l

1. Switch the ignition ON.
l

2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turn
it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator and the
TCS/DSC indicator turn off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSC
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after switching the ignition from ON to OFF,
and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.
If this still does not resolve the issue, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

When DSC is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of the
DSC system) will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine power
and freeing the vehicle may be difficult.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.
If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates when
the ignition is switched ON.
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide the
best stability.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page175
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.

5-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page176
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those
tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one
or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or
blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page177
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light

This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.

WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.

5-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page178
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-7).

NOTE
l

CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.

l

l

5-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of fourthat is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page179
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-6).
NOTE

qTires and Wheels

CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.

A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.

Changing tires and wheels

Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.

qSystem Error Activation
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
l When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
l When excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
l When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
l When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
l When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.

NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
When an Authorized Mazda Dealer
changes your vehicle's tires, they will
complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal
code registration.

l

l

When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, switch
the ignition ON, then back to ACC or
OFF.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

5-31

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page180
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.

l

NOTE
l

NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTION
Ø When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.

5-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.

l

The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page181
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System í
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring
blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when
changing lanes on roads and freeways.
The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when
the vehicle speed is about 32 km/h (20 mph) or more, and notifies the driver of vehicles in
the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light.
If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated, the
system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound.

Detection areas

WARNING
Do not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings
but is not a complete substitute. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes
and other maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is
traveling and the vehicle's surroundings.
NOTE
l
l
l

The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km/h (20 mph).
The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper. (page 5-36)
The radar sensors do not detect human, animal, or static objects such as fences. In addition, the
system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position. (The system resumes
automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position.)

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-33

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page182
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
l

The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations. The BSM system may not operate
properly under the following conditions:
Ice, snow, or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors.
During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow, or under conditions where water is
sprayed.
The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material (such as
stickers or a bicycle carrier).
The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle, especially the
following types of vehicles:
Motorcycles
Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo.
Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars.
Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the
rear bumper, even in a minor accident. If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor, the
system may not operate properly resulting in an accident.
For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors, or replacement of the bumper, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the
country where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U.S.A.
(including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a country
other than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF
switch.
The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general
freeways. Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width, the system may detect vehicles on a
lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light/beep. On a road with wider lane
width, the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning
light/beep.
Operation of the warning light/beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warning
light/beep under the following conditions:
The vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a vehicle alongside.
A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.
The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when
passing or being passed, and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of
time.
On a steep incline, or when there is a difference in height between lanes.
Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it
has been turned off (BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates) by pressing the
switch.
Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and
operate the warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can
detect, the system may pause (The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes).
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
l
l

l

l

l
l
l

l

l

l

l

l

l
l
l

l
l

l

l

5-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page183
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
l

The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror,
making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights:
Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors.
The door window glass is tinted.
l
l

qBSM Warning Light/Beep

BSM warning beep

BSM warning light

The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the BSM warning light is illuminated.

Equipped on the left and right door
mirrors.

NOTE
The system can be personalized so that the
BSM warning beep does not operate. Refer to
Personalization Features on page 10-8.

qBSM OFF Indicator Light

This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the
detection area while the vehicle is driven
at a speed of about 32 km/h (20 mph) or
more, the BSM warning light illuminates
on the side of the vehicle where the rear
on-coming vehicle is detected.
NOTE
l

l

If ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror
surface, the BSM warning light may not be
visible.
If the door window glass is tinted, it may
affect the visibility of the BSM warning
light, making it difficult to confirm the
illumination of the light.

This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.

5-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page184
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
qBSM OFF Switch
When the BSM switch is pressed, the
BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF
indicator light illuminates.

Always keep the bumper surface near the
radar sensor area clean so that the BSM
system operates normally. Refer to the
Exterior Care (page 8-55).
NOTE
l

l

The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the
radar sensors cannot operate normally. If
the light remains flashing after cleaning the
bumper surface near the radar sensor area,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
For repairs or paintwork around the radar
sensors, or replacement of the bumper,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSafety Certification
Radiation Hazard
Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn
on the BSM system. The BSM OFF
indicator light turns off.
NOTE
If the ignition is switched off with the BSM
system turned off, the system becomes operable
automatically when the ignition is switched
ON.

qCare of Radar Sensors
The radar sensors are equipped inside the
rear bumper.

This BSM (blind spot monitoring) device
emits intentional electromagnetic
radiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHz
frequency range. The total radiated
average power over the entire bandwidth
is below _14 dBm (40 µW). The active
emitting antenna surface is 72 cm2;
therefore the radiated power density in
front of the BSM device is 0.55 µW/cm2.
This value is far below the legal human
exposure protection limit of 1 mW/cm2
(MPE) in Europe and US.
Declaration of compliance for 24 GHz
blind spot radar
(U.S.A)
FCC ID: KR5SV2008BSD
FCC ID: OAYBSDTX
This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz
blind spot monitoring (BSM) radar
system, which complies with part 15 of
the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:

Radar sensors

5-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page185
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. This device may only work when the
vehicle is in operation pursuant to § 15.
252 (a) (4).
(CANADA)
ICDCE2008075 (temporary permission
until RSS-220 is in force)
IC:4135A-BSDTX
This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz
blind spot monitoring (BSM) radar
system, which complies with the radio
standards specification RSS-220 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
(MEXICO)
RLVSISV07-725
RLVCOBS10-0567
NOTE
During printing time of this user manual the
approvals listed below are granted. Further
countries may become available or actual
certification identifiers may be subject to
change or update.

WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.

5-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page186
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-39
Odometer, Trip Meter, Outside Temperature Display and Selector ................... page 5-39
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-41
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-42
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-42
Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-43
NOTE
(Black-out meter)
When the ignition is switched ON, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

5-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page187
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
Odometer

The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter, Outside
Temperature Display and Selector
The display mode changes from trip meter
A to trip meter B, and to the temperature
unit change function display each time the
selector is pressed while one of the modes
is displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.

Outside
temperature

Trip meter A

Outside
temperature

Trip meter B

Selector

Odometer

Odometer

Outside
temperature
Odometer
Trip meter
Outside Temperature
Display

5-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page188
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
NOTE
l

(Standard meter)
The odometer and trip meter can be
displayed and the selector can be operated
as follows even when the ignition is
switched to ACC or the ignition is switched
off. The trip meter can be switched/reset by
pressing the selector.
or
The headlight switch must be in the
position to see the display.
Displays for approx. 10 minutes after
the ignition is switched to ACC or OFF
from ACC or ON.
Displays for approx. 10 minutes after
the driver's door is opened.
(Black-out meter)
When the ignition is switched to ACC or the
ignition is switched off, the odometer or trip
meters cannot be displayed, however,
pressing the selector button can
inadvertently switch the trip meters or reset
them during an approximate ten-minute
period in the following cases:
After the ignition is switched to ACC or
OFF from ON.
After the driver's door is opened.
l

l

l

l

When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for 1 second or
more. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
NOTE
l

l

Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
The trip record will be erased when;
The power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(miles).
l

l

Outside temperature display

l

Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.

5-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

The outside temperature is displayed
when the ignition is switched ON.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page189
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Temperature unit change function

qTachometer

The unit (°F/°C) for the ambient
temperature can be switched using the
following operation.

The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
3.7-liter engine

1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the selector two times. After that,
the trip meter display turns off and the
unit flashes. The unit can be switched
by pressing the selector for approx. 1
second or more while the unit is
flashing.

Red zone

3. The unit illuminates and the trip meter
is displayed by pressing the selector
again.

2.5-liter engine

Red zone

CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
NOTE
The displayed ambient temperature varies from
the actual ambient temperature depending on
the surrounding conditions as well as the
driving conditions.

5-41

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page190
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

qFuel Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.

The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON.
We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4
full. When the low fuel warning light
illuminates or when the needle is near E,
refuel as soon as possible.

If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.

CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine
can cause serious engine damage
(page 7-13).

Full
Approx. 1/4 Full

NOTE
l

l

5-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Low fuel
warning light

After refueling, it may require some time for
the needle to stabilize. In addition, the
needle may deviate while driving on a slope
or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
The direction of the arrow (
) next to the
low fuel warning light indicates that the
fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the
vehicle.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page191
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qDashboard Illumination
Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of
the instrument cluster and other
illuminations in the dashboard.

To cancel the illumination dimmer, press
the dashboard illumination knob.
NOTE
l

NOTE
l

l

l

The brightness of dashboard illuminations
can be adjusted when the headlight switch
or
position.
is in the
When the dashboard illumination
brightness cannot be adjusted any more, a
beep sound will be heard.
(Black-out meter)
The brightness of the instrument cluster
illumination can be adjusted when the
headlight switch is in any position.

l

This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to
adjust the brightness of the dashboard
illumination.
If the illumination dimmer is cancelled, the
instrument cluster and the information
display will not dim when the headlight
or
position
switch is turned to the
again. Press the dashboard illumination
knob to activate the illumination dimmer.

Dim

Bright

Canceling the illumination dimmer
(Black-out meter and dashboard
illuminations)
When the headlight switch is in the
or
position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims.
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.

5-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page192
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal

Warning/Indicator Lights

Page

Brake System Warning Light

5-46

Charging System Warning Light

5-48

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

5-48

Check Engine Light

5-48

Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power Warning Light

5-49

ABS Warning Light

5-47

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

5-49

5-44

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page193
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal

Warning/Indicator Lights

Page

Low Fuel Warning Light

5-50

Check Fuel Cap Warning Light

5-50

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

5-50

Door-Ajar Warning Light

5-52

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light

5-52

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light

5-52

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light

5-52

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)

5-54

Electronic Steering Lock Warning Light

5-56

Security Indicator Light

5-56

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light

5-56

Shift Position Indicator Light

5-57

TCS/DSC Indicator Light

5-57

DSC OFF Indicator Light

5-57

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

5-58

BSM OFF Indicator Light

5-58

5-45

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page194
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal

Warning/Indicator Lights

Page

Lights-On Indicator Light

5-58

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights

5-59

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:
Brake system warning (2.5-liter engine)
Illuminates when there is a malfunction in
the brake switch.
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switched
to START or ON. It turns off when the
parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.

5-46

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-24).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page195
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Light

qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.

WARNING

The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.

NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it
is the result of the weak battery and does not
indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.

5-47

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page196
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qCharging System Warning Light

If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes
for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.

This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.

5-48

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-21).
If it's low, add the appropriate amount
of engine oil while being careful not to
overfill.
4. Start the engine and check the warning
light.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, stop the engine immediately
and have your vehicle towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil
pressure is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page197
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
The check engine light may illuminate in
the following cases:
l The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l The emission control system has a
problem.

If the powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light remains on, do not
drive at high speeds and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.

qPowertrain Malfunction/Reduced
Power Warning Light (3.7-liter
engine)

This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light may illuminate in the
following cases:
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l The emission control system has a
problem.
l The brake switch has a problem.

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
work in an accident.

WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.

5-49

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page198
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel
warning light

This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.

qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light

This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates while driving, the fuel-filler
cap may not be installed properly. Stop
the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.
Refer to the fuel-filler cap on page 3-44.

5-50

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition is switched ON.
Conditions of operation
Condition

Result
The warning light
The driver's seat belt is not illuminates for about 1
fastened when the ignition is minute and a beep
switched ON.
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is
The warning light
fastened while the warning
turns off and the beep
light and the beep sound are
sound stops.
activated.
The warning light will
The driver's seat belt is
not illuminate and the
fastened before the ignition
beep sound will not be
is switched ON.
heard.

Belt reminder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt reminder. Though
the belt reminder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt
reminder.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page199
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated*1
The belt reminder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, the
warning light/beep operates to give you
further reminders according to the chart
below.
*1 The belt reminder operates according
to the chart below even if the front
passenger is seated (Without Driver
and Front Passenger Occupant
Classification System).
Condition

Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep

Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more

: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep

Seat belt
(Driver)
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.

Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more

Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l

l

To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.

5-51

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page200
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when any
door or the trunk is not securely closed.
Close the door or the trunk securely
before driving the vehicle.

CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning
light illuminates, the transaxle has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qTire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) Warning Light

qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light

This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-26).

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The light illuminates when the transaxle
has a problem.

5-52

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page201
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-7).

CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.

5-53

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page202
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
NOTE
l

l

l

Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of fourthat is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.

5-54

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-6).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.

Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY
Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.
KEY Warning Light (Red)
When illuminated
l When the push button start is pressed
ON, it illuminates momentarily and
then turns off.
l If any malfunction occurs in the
advanced keyless system, it illuminates
continuously.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page203
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY
warning light illuminated:
If the KEY warning light remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
using the advanced key system. Park
the vehicle in a safe place and use
the auxiliary key to continue driving
the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
When flashing
l

Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes to
inform the driver that the push button
start will not switch to ACC even if it
is pressed from off.
The advanced key battery is dead.
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
l
l

l

l

Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) will flash
continuously when the push button
start has not been pressed off to notify
the driver that the advanced key has
been removed. The KEY warning light
(red) will stop flashing when the
advanced key is back inside the
vehicle:
The push button start has not been
pressed off, the driver's door is
open, and the advanced key is
removed from the vehicle.
The push button start has not been
pressed off and all the doors are
closed after removing the advanced
key from the vehicle.
l

l

NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Advanced Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced
key is carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area.

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

l

When illuminated
When the brake pedal is depressed with
an automatic transaxle or the clutch pedal
is depressed with a manual transaxle, the
system confirms that the correct advanced
key is inside the vehicle, the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates, and the
push button start can be pressed to ACC
(page 3-10).
When flashing
When the push button start is pressed off
from ON, the KEY indicator light (green)
flashes for approximately 30 seconds
indicating that the remaining battery
power is low. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable.

5-55

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page204
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on
page 3-6.
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

qElectronic Steering Lock Warning
Light (with Advanced Key)

The light stops flashing when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then turns off.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light

The warning light remains illuminated for
a few seconds after the push button start is
pressed ON.
If the advanced keyless system is
damaged, the warning light may flash.
For vehicles with the steering wheel lock
function, the steering wheel will not
unlock even if the push button start is
pressed, and the warning light will flash
(page 3-10).

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC and the immobilizer
system is armed.

5-56

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

This light indicates one of two things:
l The high-beam headlights are on.
l The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page205
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transaxle)
This indicates the selected shift position.

If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l

l

In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

Gear position indicator

In manual mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator illuminates and the
numeral for the selected gear displays in
the gear position indicator.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
It also illuminates when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-26).
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.

This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.

5-57

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page206
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qBSM OFF Indicator Light í

NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In this
case, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and
the TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the following
procedure with the battery connected.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turn
it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator and the
TCS/DSC indicator turns off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSC
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after switching the ignition from ON to OFF,
and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.
If this still does not resolve the issue, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green) í

This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.

qLights-On Indicator Light
(Black-out meter)

The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed up
and the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.

5-58

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

This indicator light illuminates when the
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
are on.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page207
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTurn Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights

Beep Sounds
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep

When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-65).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-72).
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.

WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.

5-59

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page208
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, a beep
sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.
If the driver or the front passenger's seat
belt is not fastened and the vehicle is
driven at a speed faster than about 20
km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will be
heard again for a specified period of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-50.

qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.

qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-27).

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (with
Advanced Key) í
Warning indicators for the advanced key,
such as “the advanced key removed from
vehicle warning”, use a beep sound and
warning/indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on
page 3-20.

5-60

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qElectronic Steering Lock Warning
Beep (with Advanced Key)
If the advanced keyless function has a
malfunction after the push button start is
pressed, the warning beep may activate.
For vehicles equipped with the steering
wheel lock function, the warning beep
activates if the steering wheel lock is not
released.

qBlind Spot Monitoring System
Warning Beep í
A warning beep sounds when the turn
signal lever is operated to signal a lane
change on either side and where the
vehicle may hit an approaching vehicle in
an adjacent lane.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page209
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Lighting Control
qHeadlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination on or off.
NOTE
l

l

To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety
requires them.
If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after
switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off. The time setting can be changed. Refer
to Personalization Features on page 10-8.

Without AUTO position

Switch Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Dashboard illumination

Off

Off

On

Off

On

On

5-61

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page210
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
With AUTO position

Switch Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Dashboard illumination

Off
Off

5-62

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Auto

Off

On

On

On

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page211
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, the
light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the
headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off (see chart above).

CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield.
Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep
hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers
and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are
going to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely ― this
is particularly important when clearing ice and snow ― when it is particularly
tempting to leave the engine running.
NOTE
l

l

l

The headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately
even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is
nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long
tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position.
The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster. Also,
the day/night mode can be changed by pressing the knob. To adjust the brightness of the
dashboard illumination: Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5-43.
The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Refer to
Personalization Features on page 10-8.

5-63

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page212
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white
beam over a wide area.

WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusion
bulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are
handled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
NOTE
If the headlights flicker, or the brightness weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a replacement is
necessary. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

qFlashing the Headlights

Press the lever forward to turn on the high
beams.
Pull the lever back to its original position
for the low beams.

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does
not need to be on). The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
OFF

High beam
Flashing
Low beam

5-64

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page213
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
qHeadlight Leveling í
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
The headlight leveling switch adjusts this
angle.

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right turn
Right lane change
OFF

Select the proper setting from the following chart.
Front seat
Driver Passenger
×
―
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
―

Rear
seat

Load

Switch
Position

Left lane change

―
―
×
×
―

―
―
―
×
×

0
0
1
2
3

Left turn

×: Yes
―: No

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.

Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.

For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition is
switched ON.
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the
parking brake is applied.
í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-65

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page214
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
NOTE
l

l

l

If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
A personalized function is available to
change the number of flashes.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
A personalized function is available to
change the turn indicator sound volume.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

Fog Lights í
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the fog
light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position before turning on the fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the
or OFF
position.
NOTE
l

l

5-66

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
(With auto-light control)
If the fog light switch is in the ON position
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the fog lights will be turned on
when the headlights, the exterior lights and
dashboard illumination are automatically
turned on.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page215
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON.

WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer fluid
mixed with anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions is
dangerous as it could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident.
In addition, make sure the
windshield is sufficiently warmed
using the defroster before spraying
the washer fluid.

NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they do not
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-ofway. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With INT position

Switch
Position

Wiper operation
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed

5-67

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page216
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
With AUTO position

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).

Switch
Position

Wiper operation
Single wipe cycle (mist)

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch downward for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it
upward for less sensitivity (slower
response).
Higher sensitivity

Auto control
Low speed

Switch

High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Center
position

Set the lever to the intermittent position
and choose the interval timing by rotating
the ring.
Less sensitivity

INT ring

5-68

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page217
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with
a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object from
either outside or inside the
vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the wiper
lever is in the AUTO position and
the ignition is switched ON as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate
automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow―when it is
most likely that the engine is left
running.

5-69

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page218
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
OFF to the AUTO position while driving
activates the windshield wipers once, after
which they operate according to the rainfall
amount.
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
If dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, set the wiper
lever to the low speed position or high
speed position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO
position, the wipers could operate
automatically from the effect of strong light
sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared
light because the rain sensor uses an
optical sensor. It is recommended that the
auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF
position other than when driving the vehicle
under rainy conditions.

5-70

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent
position/AUTO position, the wipers will
operate continuously until the lever is
released.

If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-26). If it's normal,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page219
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Rear Window Defroster
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

Manual Type Air-Conditioning
Indicator light

The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning
Indicator light

CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defroster í
To turn on the mirror defrosters, switch
the ignition ON and press the rear window
defroster switch (page 5-71).
NOTE
For vehicles equipped with mirror de-fogging
is indicated on each door
equipment,
mirror.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-71

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page220
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Horn
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.

Hazard Warning Flasher
mark on

The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l

l

5-72

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page221
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
HomeLink Wireless
Control System í
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered
trademarks of Johnson Controls.

The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single builtin component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
Indicator light

HomeLink button

WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with
any garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards
is dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink
system:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding
garage doors and gates is dangerous
and could result in an unexpected
accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.

CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5-73

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page222
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLOBIHL3
CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3
This device complies with FCC rules part 15.
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
1- This device may not cause any harmful
interference and
2- This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected.

qPre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
l

l

Verify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
Disconnect the power to the device.

qProgramming the HomeLink System

CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the
power to these devices before
performing programming, as
continuous operation of the devices
could damage the motor.

5-74

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) ― releasing only when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers
may require you to replace this Programming
Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming” section.

4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does not
change to a rapidly blinking light, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1800-355-3515 for assistance.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page223
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.

HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.

If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and released.

To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.

NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.

If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 6―8 to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motorhead unit.
7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTE

For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1800-355-3515.

qGate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out” in the same
manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:

NOTE

NOTE

There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step
8.

If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling” process to prevent
possible overheating.

8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.

5-75

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page224
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.

qOperating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.

qReprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 2.

qErasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons (
,
)
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.

5-76

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page225
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

6

Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.

Climate Control System .......................... 6-2
Operating Tips .................................... 6-2
Vent Operation .................................... 6-3
Types of the Climate Control
System ................................................. 6-5
Manual Type ....................................... 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ....................... 6-11
Audio System .........................................
Antenna .............................................
Operating Tips for Audio System .....
Types of the Audio Set ......................
Audio Set (Type A) ...........................
Audio Set (Type B) ...........................
Audio Control Switch Operation ......
AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ...........
Safety Certification ...........................

6-16
6-16
6-16
6-25
6-27
6-45
6-71
6-74
6-77

Bluetooth Audio (Type A) ..................... 6-78
Bluetooth Audio (Type A) í ............. 6-78
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) ..................... 6-88
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) í .............. 6-88

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel
Operation) ............................................ 6-123
Bluetooth Hands-Free í .................. 6-123
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
Operation ........................................ 6-125
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ............................................. 6-128
Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-132
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be
Used ................................................ 6-134
Safety Certification ......................... 6-135
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service ............................................ 6-135
Rear View Monitor .............................. 6-136
Rear View Monitor í ...................... 6-136
Interior Equipment .............................
Sunvisors .........................................
Interior Lights .................................
Information Display ........................
Cup Holder ......................................
Bottle Holder ...................................
Storage Compartments ....................
Accessory Sockets ..........................

6-142
6-142
6-143
6-145
6-149
6-150
6-151
6-154

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice
Recognition) ........................................... 6-96
Bluetooth Hands-Free í .................... 6-96
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
Operation ........................................ 6-101
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ............................................. 6-106
Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-113
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be
Used ................................................ 6-121
Safety Certification ......................... 6-121
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service ............................................ 6-122

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

6-1

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page226
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switched ON
when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.

qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.

qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.

6-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page227
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Vent Operation

qAdjusting the Vents

Center Vents
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.

Directing airflow
Side Vents
To adjust the direction of airflow, open the
vents and rotate them left and right.

Dial
Open

Knob

Push

Close

NOTE
When using the air conditioner under humid
ambient temperature conditions, the system
may blow fog from the vents. This is not a sign
of trouble but a result of humid air being
suddenly cooled.

6-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page228
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

Floor Vents

6-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page229
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Types of the Climate Control System
Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.
Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.
Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11

6-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page230
Friday, October 15 2010 5:34 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Manual Type
A/C switch

Air intake selector

Temperature control dial

Fan control dial

qControl Switches

Mode selector dial

MAX-A/C position
For quick cabin cooling, rotate the
temperature control dial counterclockwise
to the MAX-A/C position. The A/C
system automatically turns on and the air
intake mode switches to the recirculation
position automatically.

Temperature control dial

Cold

Rear window defroster switch

Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.

6-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
When the mode is set to
or
with the fan
control dial in a position other than 0 and the
temperature control dial in the maximum cold
position, the air intake selector switches to the
recirculated air mode and the A/C turns on
automatically.
If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch to
turn it off.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page231
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Fan control dial

A/C switch

Slow
Fast

This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
Mode selector dial

Press the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan
control dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Press the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function when the
outside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
NOTE
l

l

The mode selector dial can be set at the
intermediate positions ( ) between each
mode. Set the dial to an intermediate
position if you want to slightly adjust the
airflow amount.
For example, when the mode selector dial is
position between the
and
at the
positions, airflow from the floor vent is less
position.
than that of the

This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Press the
switch to alternate
between the outside air and recirculated
air modes.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air mode.

6-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page232
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Outside air mode (indicator light
turned off)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this mode for normal ventilation and
heating.
Recirculated air mode (indicator light
illuminated)

NOTE
l

l

l

Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
This mode can be used when driving on a
dusty road or in similar conditions. It also
helps to provide quicker cooling of the
interior.

WARNING
Do not use the recirculated air mode in
cold or rainy weather:
Using the recirculated air mode in
cold or rainy weather is dangerous as
it will cause the windows to fog up.
Your vision will be hampered, which
could lead to a serious accident.

qHeating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.

6-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
position.
mode selector dial to the
If cooler air is desired at face level, set the
position and
mode selector dial at the
adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
In the
or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the outside air mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
or
position, the outside air
In the
mode cannot be changed to the recirculated
air mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page233
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
CAUTION
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy
traffic, closely monitor the
temperature gauge (page 5-42).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner
off (page 7-13).
NOTE
l

l

l

When maximum cooling is desired, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme cold
position and set the air intake selector to
the recirculated air mode, then set the fan
control dial to position 4.
If warmer air is desired at floor level, set
position
the mode selector dial at the
and adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.

WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position:
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control
to the hot or warm position when
using the
position.

qVentilation
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.

6-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page234
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
NOTE
l

l

l

l

For quick cabin cooling, rotate the
temperature control dial counterclockwise
to the MAX-A/C position. The A/C system
automatically turns on and the air intake
mode switches to the recirculation position
automatically.
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme hot
position and the fan control dial to position
4.
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
position.
mode selector dial to the
In the
, or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the outside air mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
or
position, the outside air
In the
mode cannot be changed to the recirculated
air mode.

qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.

6-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
One of the functions of the air conditioner is
dehumidifying the air and, to use this function,
the temperature does not have to be set to cold.
Therefore, set the temperature control dial to
the desired position (hot or cold) and turn on
the air conditioner when you want to
dehumidify the cabin air.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page235
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.

Information display

AUTO
Air intake display
A/C

Fan speed display

Temperature setting display (passenger)

Mode selector display
Temperature setting display (driver)

Mode selector switch

Windshield defroster switch

Rear window defroster switch
Air intake selector

AUTO switch
Driver temperature control dial

OFF switch

Fan control dial

A/C switch

DUAL switch

Passenger temperature control dial

6-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page236
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
qControl Switches
AUTO switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control dial

Cold

By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the selected
set temperature:
l Airflow temperature
l Amount of airflow
l Selection of airflow mode
l Outside/Recirculated air selection
l Air conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
l When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and
the system will function automatically.
l If any of the following dials or switches are
operated while in AUTO control, the AUTO
switch indicator turns off.
Mode selector switch
Fan control dial
Windshield defroster switch
The functions for dials and switches other
than those operated in the above continue
to operate in AUTO control.
l
l
l

Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
l When the DUAL switch is off:
Turn the driver temperature control dial
to control the temperature.
l When the DUAL switch is on:
Turn the driver or front passenger
temperature control dial to control the
temperature.
NOTE
The system changes to the individual operation
mode (DUAL switch indicator light
illuminated) by turning the front passenger
temperature control dial even when the DUAL
switch is off, which allows individual control
of the set temperature for the driver and front
passenger.

Fan control dial

OFF switch

Slow

Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.

6-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page237
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
Mode selector switch

NOTE
l

l

The air conditioning operates when the A/C
switch is pressed even if the fan is off.
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on even
when system is off.)

Air intake selector
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-4).
NOTE
l

l

l

With the airflow mode set to the
position and the temperature control dial
set at a medium temperature, heated air is
directed to the feet and a comparably lower
air temperature will flow through the
central, left and right vents.
To set the air vent to
, press the
windshield defroster switch.
In the
position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the outside air
mode is automatically selected to defrost
position, the
the windshield. In the
outside air mode cannot be changed to the
recirculated air mode.

A/C switch

Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (
)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
Outside air position (
)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.

WARNING

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTO
switch is turned on will turn off the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions). The air conditioning can be
turned on and off by pressing the A/C
switch while the fan control dial is on.

Do not use the
position in cold or
rainy weather:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.

6-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page238
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
DUAL switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
NOTE
In the
position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the outside air
mode is automatically selected to defrost the
position, the outside air
windshield. In the
mode cannot be changed to the recirculated
air mode.

Use the DUAL switch to change the mode
between the individual operation (driver
and passenger) and interconnection
(simultaneous) modes.
Individual operation mode (indicator
light illuminated)
The set temperature can be controlled
individually for the driver and front
passenger.

qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.

Interconnection mode (indicator light
turned off)
The set temperature for the driver and
front passenger is controlled
simultaneously.
NOTE
The system changes to the interconnection
mode automatically if the windshield defroster
switch is pressed. The system will not change
to the individual operation mode by pressing
the DUAL switch or turning the front
passenger temperature control dial.

2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Press the DUAL switch or turn the
front passenger temperature control
dial to control the set temperature
individually for the driver and front
passenger.

Windshield defroster switch

To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.

6-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page239
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System
NOTE
l

l

Setting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

NOTE
Use the temperature control dial to increase
the air flow temperature and defog the
windshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets
temperatures inside the passenger
compartment accordingly.

CAUTION
Do not obstruct either sensor,
otherwise the automatic air
conditioner will not operate properly.

Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the outside air position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The
air conditioner will directly dehumidify
the air to the front windshield and side
windows (page 6-4). Airflow amount will
be increased.

Sunlight sensor

WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot
or warm position when defogging (
position):
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident.

Interior temperature sensor

6-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page240
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Antenna
qAM/FM Radio Antenna
The antenna is printed onto the window
glass.

CAUTION
When washing the inside of the
window which has an antenna, use a
soft cloth dampened in lukewarm
water, gently wiping the antenna
lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.

qSatellite Radio Antenna í
The satellite radio antenna receives
SIRIUS signals.

Operating Tips for Audio
System
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.

CAUTION

Satellite radio antenna

For the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle including car
horns and particularly emergency
vehicle sirens.
NOTE
l

l

6-16

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio system
on for a long period of time when the
engine is not running.
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page241
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.

Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Ionosphere
FM wave

AM wave

Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Station 1

Station 2

FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station

40—50km
(25—30 miles)

Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.

Reflected wave
Direct

6-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page242
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise

Strong signal noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.

This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.

6-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz

Station 2
88.3 MHz

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page243
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/In-dash CD changer may
become clouded with condensation. At
this time, the CD will eject immediately
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD
can be corrected simply by wiping it with
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait
for normal operation to return before
attempting to use the unit.

l

The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.

l

Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.

l

If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.

l

Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
Transparent

6-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page244
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
l

A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/In-dash CD changer will not
play the CD. In addition, the disc may
not eject resulting in a malfunction.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.

l

The CD player/In-dash CD changer has
been designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown below. No
other discs can be played.

l

Use discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l

l

When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.

l

l

6-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page245
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
The CD player/In-dash CD changer
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted
upside down. Also dirty and/or
defective CDs may be ejected.
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/In-dash CD changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.

l

l

Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating Tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenuegenerating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit
http://www.mp3licensing.com.
l

This audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CDRW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
This unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 40
sessions.
l
l
l
l

l

l

6-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page246
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
l

l

l

l

l

This unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
This unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files
l The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
File number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.

: Folder
Folder
No.

04
4

05

06
07

7
6
5
1

Level1
Level3
Level2
Level4
Playback may not occur in the above
hierarchy depending on the audio unit.
l

l

l

l

NOTE
l

l

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

03

2

l

6-22

02

: Track (File)

3

l

Folders and tracks (files) within the same
hierarchy play in the order they were written to
the disc depending on the write software.

01

The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
A single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page247
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
l

The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 32 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).

ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended
format
Romeo extended
format

Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
12*
31*
64
128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.

CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
About ID3 Tag display
l

l

This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.

Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CDRW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.

6-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page248
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Bit rate

Playable WMA file specification

Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files
can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be
played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:

Packet writing

Specification

A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.

Sampling
frequency

ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio
and is the audio compression format used
by Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
* Microsoft and Windows Media are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.

6-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Item

Bit rate

VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Channel mode
WMA tag

Content
Windows Media
Audio Version 7.0,
8.0, 9.0
32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,
48 kbps
44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,
64, 80, 96, 128, 160,
192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,
128, 160, 192 kbps
Supported
Stereo/Monaural
Title, artist name,
album name

CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.wma)
file extension as a WMA file. Do not
use the WMA file extension for files
other than WMA files. It may cause
noise or a malfunction.
l

l

l

In a WMA file, the track name, artist
name and album name are recorded
with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the
information can be displayed.
WMA files which do not comply with
the specific standard may not be played
correctly or its file and folder name
may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.wma” to the end of the file name, and
then write the disc.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page249
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Types of the Audio Set
Audio Set (Type A) ................................................................................................ page 6-27

Audio Set (Type B) ................................................................................................ page 6-45

6-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page250
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

MEMO

6-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page251
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Audio Set (Type A)
Audio information is displayed on the information display.

CD Player

In-Dash CD Changer

The
,
buttons are only functional if the vehicle is equipped with the separately
purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit (U.S.A. and Canada).
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-32
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-34
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-38
Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-42
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-43

6-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page252
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial

Power ON/OFF
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.

6-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Audio control dial

Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page253
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System

Standard audio-equipped model
*1

*1 Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
*2 Depending on the model, this
function, may not be available.
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
Standard audio-equipped model
Indication

Turn Left Turn Right
Select mode

*1

*1

*1

*2

Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
off

on

off

on

off

on

Bose Sound System-equipped model
*1

*1

Select mode

*1

*1

*1

*2

6-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page254
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Bose® Sound System-equipped model
Indication

Turn Left Turn Right

Volume change

on

No change

off

on

Minimum

off

on

off

on

off

on

Select mode

NOTE

l

Mode

off

Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right

l

Select the desired ALC mode.

Depending on the type of audio unit, the
order in which the functions appear differs.
About 5 seconds after selecting any mode,
the volume function will be automatically
selected. To reset bass, treble, fade, and
balance, press the audio control dial for 2
seconds. The unit will beep and “CLEAR”
will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)
(Standard audio-equipped model)
The automatic level control (ALC) is a
feature that automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality according to
the vehicle speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.

6-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
OFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. The
selected mode will be indicated.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page255
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
*

AudioPilot® 2 (Bose® Sound Systemequipped model)
AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot®
2 is turned on, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
*

Centerpoint® (Bose® Sound Systemequipped model)
Centerpoint® offers you the experience of
5.1-channel surround sound in your
vehicle even with your conventional 2channel stereo CDs.
Centerpoint® can be set on or off.

Welcome mode
Sound is heard when the ignition is
switched ON.
BT SETUP mode í
Music and other audio such as voice data
recorded on portable audio devices and
mobile phones available on the market
which are equipped with the Bluetooth
transmission function can be listened to
via wireless transmission over the
vehicle's speakers. Using the BT SETUP
mode, these devices can be programmed
to the Bluetooth unit or changed. For
details, refer to Bluetooth audio (page
6-78).

NOTE
l

l

Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can be
played, however, MP3 audio files encoded
with high compression may result in poor
sound quality.
Centerpoint® is available for 2-channel
stereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/
SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BT
audio.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
BEEP setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
ILLM EFT setting (Illumination setting
during operation)
The audio system illumination during
operation can be set on or off.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

6-31

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page256
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the Radio

Channel preset buttons
Channel preset buttons
Band selector buttons

Seek
tuning
buttons

Auto memory
button
Manual tuning
dial

Scan button

Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.

,

) to

Band selection
Choose AM by pressing the AM button
( ) and FM by pressing the FM button
( ).
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will go out.

6-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Tuning
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.

Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page257
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the button,
the frequency will continue changing without
stopping.

Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
button (
) again during this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.

Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the autostored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.

3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.

Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.

6-33

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page258
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Track up/Fast-forward button

CD slot

Load button
CD play button

CD eject button
Display button

Folder up
button
Folder
down button
Random
button
Repeat button

Scan button
Text button
Track down/Reverse button
Type
Music/MP3/WMA CD
player

l
l

Playable data
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3/WMA file

NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA files, playback of the two or three
file types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.

Inserting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play.
NOTE
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.

6-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button (
CD.

) to eject the

Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed, the
CD will load and play even if the CD eject
button ( ) had been previously pressed.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page259
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Fast-forward/Reverse

Repeat playback

Press and hold the fast-forward button
( ) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.

During music CD playback

Track search

2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.

Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Folder search (during MP3/WMA CD
playback)
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ), or press the
folder up button ( ) to advance to the
next folder.
Music scan
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.

1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Track repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks on the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.

NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.

6-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page260
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
During MP3/WMA CD playback

MP3/WMA CD

(Folder random)
File number/Elapsed time

1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed.

Folder number/File number

2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.

File name

(CD random)
Folder name

) during
1. Press the random button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks on the CD randomly.
“DISC RDM” is displayed.

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Switching the display
For files with a file name and other
information that have been input, the
display switches between display of the
file name and other information each time
the display button (
) is pressed during
playback.
Music CD

Track number/Elapsed time
Track name
Album name
Artist name

6-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
l

l

The information viewable in the display is
only CD information (such as artist name,
song title) which has been recorded to the
CD.
The system can only display one-byte
alphabetic characters. If two-byte or other
types of characters have been recorded to
the CD, they may not display correctly.

Display scroll
Only 8 characters (File name) or 12
characters (Except file name) can be
displayed at one time. To display the rest
of the characters of a long title, press the
text button (
). The display scrolls
the next 12 characters. Press the text
button (
) again after the last 12
characters have been displayed to return
to the beginning of the title.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page261
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32
characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.

6-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page262
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer
Track up/Fast-forward button

Channel preset buttons

CD eject button

Load button
Display button
Disc
up/Folder up
button
Disc
down/Folder
down button
Random
button
Repeat
button
Scan button
Text button

CD play button

CD slot

Track down/Reverse button
Type
Music/MP3/WMA CD
player

l
l

Playable data
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3/WMA file

NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA files, playback of the two or three
file types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.

Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play.
NOTE
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.

6-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Normal insertion
1. Press the load button (

).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number while “WAIT” is
displayed.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray
number if the number is already occupied.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page263
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Multiple insertion

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
3. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
the next CD.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again
for less than 5 seconds after the beep
sound is heard.

NOTE

NOTE

The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds
after “IN” is displayed.
l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting the CD
Normal ejection
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC OUT” will be
displayed.
2. Pull out the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the next
CD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number for less than 5
seconds after the beep sound is heard.
3. Pull out the CD.

If the button is not pressed and about 5
seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” is
flashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
NOTE
l

l

l

CDs will be ejected starting with the one
with the lowest number.
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition is
switched off. Press and hold the CD eject
button ( ) for about 2 seconds and all
CDs will eject.

Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
( ) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.

6-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page264
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Disc search
During music CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
( or ) during playback.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
( or ) for 1.5 seconds or more during
playback.
Folder search (during MP3/WMA CD
playback)
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ) for less than 1.5
seconds, or press the folder up button ( )
for less than 1.5 seconds to advance to the
next folder.
Music scan
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.

6-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Repeat playback
During music CD playback
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Track repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page265
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
During MP3/WMA CD playback

MP3/WMA CD

(Folder random)
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed.

Disc number/File
number/Elapsed time

2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.

Disc number/Folder
number/File number

Disc tray number

(CD random)

File name

) during
1. Press the random button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks on the CD randomly.
“DISC RDM” is displayed.

Folder name
Album name (ID3 Tag)

2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Switching the display

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

For files with a file name and other
information that have been input, the
display switches between display of the
file name and other information each time
the display button (
) is pressed during
playback.
Music CD
Disc number/Track
number/Elapsed time
Disc tray number
Track name
Album name
Artist name

NOTE
l

l

The information viewable in the display is
only CD information (such as artist name,
song title) which has been recorded to the
CD.
The system can only display one-byte
alphabetic characters. If two-byte or other
types of characters have been recorded to
the CD, they may not display correctly.

Display scroll
Only 8 characters (File name) or 12
characters (Except file name) can be
displayed at one time. To display the rest
of the characters of a long title, press the
text button (
). The display scrolls
the next 12 characters. Press the text
button (
) again after the last 12
characters have been displayed to return
to the beginning of the title.

6-41

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page266
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32
characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack
You can connect portable audio units,
such as an MP3 player or similar products
on the market, to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers. Refer to Auxiliary Input (page
6-74).

6-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page267
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication

CHECK CD

Cause

Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication continues
CD is inserted upside down
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
CD is defective
continues to display, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.

6-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page268
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

MEMO

6-44

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page269
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Audio Set (Type B)
Functions and information available for the selected mode are displayed on the left and
right of the audio unit screen. To select and operate a desired function, or select
information, press the corresponding selection button 1―8.

Selection
button 1

Selection
button 5

Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3

Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7

Selection
button 4

Selection
button 8

Screen Adjustments and Other Settings ................................................................. page 6-46
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-48
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-52
Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-56
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-66
Operating the Auxiliary Jack .................................................................................. page 6-69
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-70

6-45

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page270
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qScreen Adjustments and Other Settings

Selection
button 1

Selection
button 5

Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3

Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7

Selection
button 4

Selection
button 8

Return button
Display button

Press the display button (
) to
display the tone adjustment screen.
Press the display button (
) again
or the return button (
) to return
to the previous screen.
Next page display*
Press selection button 1.
Previous page display*
Press selection button 5.
Initialization
Returns all the adjusted screen adjustment
settings and language settings to their
initial setting.
Press selection button 8.
Brightness adjustment
Increase brightness
Press selection button 6.

6-46

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Decrease brightness
Press selection button 2.
Contrast adjustment
Higher contrast
Press selection button 7.
Lower contrast
Press selection button 3.
Tint adjustment*
Green tint enhancement
Press selection button 6.
Red tint enhancement
Press selection button 2.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page271
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Color adjustment*

NOTE

To deepen a color

A language setting is unavailable for the
satellite radio. English is constantly displayed.

Press selection button 7.
To fade color
Press selection button 3.
* Adjustment is available depending on
the display.

Screen display off
Press selection button 4.
Press the display button (
) or the
return button (
) to return to the
previously selected mode's screen.

NOTE
Continuous adjustment of the brightness,
contrast, tint, and color can be done by longpressing the selection button for the adjustment
item.

Daytime/Night screen
When the headlights are on, daytime
mode can also be selected (if a brighter
screen is needed at night). This selection
can only be done when the headlights are
on.
The screen can be returned to the daytime
screen while the headlights or running
lights are on by pressing the dashboard
illumination knob.
Language setting
The displayed language can be changed to
one of the three available languages.
Press selection button 5 to display the
language setting screen.
English display
Press selection button 2.
French display
Press selection button 3.
Spanish display
Press selection button 4.

6-47

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page272
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Selection
button 1

Selection
button 5

Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3

Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 8

Return button
Power/Volume dial

Power ON/OFF
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.

6-48

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Audio control button

Audio sound adjustment
When the audio control button
(
) is pressed, the audio settings
screen is displayed.
Press the audio control button (
)
or the return button (
) to return
to the previous screen.
Next page display
Press selection button 1.
Previous page display
Press selection button 5.
Initialization
Returns all of the audio setting items to
their initial setting.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page273
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Press selection button 8.
Setting item
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Beep
AudioPilot® 2
Centerpoint®
Welcome

Setting value
Down
Up
Down
Up
Rear
Front
Left
Right
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On

NOTE
Continuous adjustment of the bass, treble,
fader, and balance can be done by longpressing the selection button for each
adjustment item.

Beep setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
Beep on

Bass (low pitch sound)

Press selection button 6.

Low pitch enhancement

Beep off

Press selection button 6.

Press selection button 2.

Press selection button 3.

AudioPilot® 2
AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot®
2 is turned on, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
AudioPilot® 2 can be set on or off.

Fader (front/back volume balance)

AudioPilot® 2 on

Rear speaker volume reduction
Press selection button 6.

Press selection button 7.

Low pitch attenuation
Press selection button 2.
Treble (treble sound)
Treble enhancement
Press selection button 7.
Treble attenuation

Front speaker volume reduction
Press selection button 2.
Balance (left/right volume balance)
Left side volume reduction
Press selection button 7.
Right side volume reduction
Press selection button 3.

*

AudioPilot® 2 off
Press selection button 3.
* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
*Centerpoint®
Centerpoint® offers you the experience of
5.1-channel surround sound in your
vehicle even with your conventional 2channel stereo CDs.
Centerpoint® can be set on or off.
Centerpoint® on
Press selection button 6.

6-49

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page274
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Centerpoint® off
Press selection button 2.
NOTE
l

l

Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can be
played, however, MP3 audio files encoded
with high compression may result in poor
sound quality.
Centerpoint® is available for 2-channel
stereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/
SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BT
audio.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
Welcome mode
Sound is heard when the ignition is
switched on.
The Welcome mode can be set on or off.
Welcome on
Press selection button 7.
Welcome off
Press selection button 3.

6-50

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page275
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

MEMO

6-51

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page276
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector button

Selection
button 2

Selection
button 5

Seek tuning
buttons

Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7

Selection
button 3
Selection
button 4

Selection
button 8

Scan button
Return button
Mute button Auto memory button

Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.

) to

Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
button (
) switches the bands as
follows: FM1 → FM2 → AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will no longer display.

6-52

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Manual tuning dial

Tuning
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.

Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page277
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the seek
), the frequency will
tuning button ( ,
continue changing without stopping.

Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample stations with the
strongest frequencies. Scanning stops at
each station for about five seconds. To
hold a station, press the scan button
(
) again during this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The six preset channels can be used to
store six AM and twelve FM stations.

Press and hold the auto memory button
(
). The system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to six
stations with the strongest frequencies in
each selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the radio
tunes into the station with the strongest
frequency, and its frequency is displayed.
Press the auto memory button (
) to
recall stations from the auto-stored
stations. One stored station will be
selected each time, and its frequency will
be displayed.
NOTE
l

1. To set a channel, first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

If any of the following operations is
performed, auto-memory mode is cleared
and the normal display appears.
Band selector button (
) is
pressed
Manual tuning dial is turned
Seek tuning button ( ,
) is pressed
Return button (
) is pressed
If the radio is unable to tune into any
station after the scanning operation is
completed, “No Channel” will be
displayed.
l

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,
6, 7, or 8. The station frequency will be
displayed. The station is now held in
the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune into one stored in the memory,
select AM, FM1, or FM2 and then
press its selection button. The station
frequency will be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.

l
l
l

l

Mute
Press the mute button (
) once to
mute the audio. Press it again to resume
audio output.
Radio Data System (RDS)

Auto memory tuning

Radio text information display

This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are
unknown. Additional AM/FM stations
can be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.

A maximum of 64 characters of radio text
information sent from a broadcasting
station is displayed in the audio display.
Press selection button 5.

6-53

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page278
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
If any of the following operations is performed,
the radio text information display is cleared
and the normal display appears.
l Return button (
) is pressed
l Band selector button (
) is pressed
l Manual tuning dial is turned
l Seek tuning button (
,
) is pressed

6-54

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page279
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

MEMO

6-55

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page280
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the Satellite Radio í
Selection
Selection SIRIUS button
button 3
button 8
Selection
Selection
button 4
button 7

Selection
button 1

Selection
button 5

Selection
button 2

Selection
button 6
Category up
button

Seek tuning
buttons

Scan button
Play/Pause button

6-56

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Return button

Category down
button

Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page281
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE

What is satellite radio?

This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may
cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
l Increase the separation between the
equipment and tuner.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the tuner
is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.

With over 130 channels, SIRIUS Satellite
Radio brings you more of what you love.
Get 69 channels of 100 % commercialfree music, plus all your favorite sports,
news, talk and entertainment. Everything
worth listening to is now on SIRIUS.
100 % Commercial-free Music―With
music from every genre, artist-dedicated
channels, live performances and more,
SIRIUS is the home of 100 %
commercial-free music.
Live Sports Play-by-Play & Expert
Talk―Hear every NFL game, every
NASCAR® race and college sports
coverage from over 150 schools. Plus
24/7 sports talk with channels like
SIRIUS NFL Radio, SIRIUS NASCAR
Radio and more.
Exclusive Entertainment and
Talk―The biggest names, compelling
talk, hilarious comedy. Hear Howard
Stern, Martha Stewart, Jamie Foxx, Blue
Collar Comedy, Playboy Radio, political
talk and more.
World-class News―Stay informed with
FOX, CNN, CNBC, NPR®, BBC and
more.
Plus local traffic and weather.
Family & Kids―Entertain the entire
family with Radio Disney, Kids Place
Live, Laugh USA and more.
Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! For
more information, visit www.sirius.com.
Satellite radio can be subscribed to and
received in the United States (Except
Alaska and Hawaii) and Canada.
How to Activate Satellite Radio
You must call SIRIUS to activate your
service. Activation is free and takes only a
few minutes.

6-57

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page282
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
SIRIUS service uses an ID code to
identify your radio. This code is needed to
activate SIRIUS service, and report any
problems.
To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner, call a
SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUS
online at www.sirius.com.
Please have the following information
ready:
l SIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serial
no., or ESN*)
l Valid credit card information (may not
be required at initial sign-up)
Be sure you are parked outside with a
clear view of open sky, you will be
instructed to turn on your radio (in
SIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184).
Activation typically takes only 2―5
minutes.
* ESN: Electronic Serial Number
SIRIUS operation
All operations of the satellite radio are
conducted by means of the audio unit.
SIRIUS radio mode selection
When the SIRIUS button (
) is
pressed during ACC ON, it will play the
last SIRIUS channel in use before the
mode was switched over to another mode
or the power was turned off.

6-58

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

When the SIRIUS button (
) is
pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS
mode, the last channel in use will be
received. Every time the SIRIUS button
(
) is pressed, the bank changes in
the order shown below.

SIRIUS1

SIRIUS2

SIRIUS3

NOTE
SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3: six stations
can be stored in each bank for convenient
access to your favorite stations.

Operation in the initial state
It may take some time to start up the
equipment when it is in the initial state,
when there is a change in the user's
subscription condition, or when the
SIRIUS channel map is changed.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page283
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
“Updating channels XXX% complete” is
displayed when the SIRIUS channel map
is changed. If the “Updating channels
XXX% complete” display is not available,
“Updating channels” is displayed. If the
unit is initialized or the user contract
content is changed, “Updating channels.
Subscription Updated.” is displayed.
Updating could take as long as a few
minutes depending on the geographical
area. When the unit is in an initialized
state, channel 184 is displayed after the
display indicates “Updating channels
XXX% complete”. If the SIRIUS channel
map or the user contract content is
changed, the channel prior to the change
is displayed after “Updating channels
XXX% complete” is displayed. After the
initialization display, it may take as long
as ten seconds or more to receive channel
184.

Unsubscribed channel
When a selected station has not been
subscribed to, the display indicates the
following:
“Call 888-539-7474”
“To Subscribe”
NOTE
When the subscription contract is canceled, all
of the channels including channel 184 appear
as unsubscribed.

Invalid channel
When a selected channel is not
broadcasting, “Invalid” is displayed.
NOTE
If the last channel selected has become
unavailable because of a channel update the
above indication is displayed until any button
is pressed.

NOTE

Preset channel programming

Do not perform the following operation while
“Updating” is displayed. Otherwise, the
updating procedure will be canceled.
l Turning off the audio power
l Switching to other modes
l Switching the ignition off

1. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
the desired channel.

When the SIRIUS mode is switched to
another mode, or when the power is
turned off, the present channel which is
being received is stored as the last
channel.

Six stations can be stored in each bank,
SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 for
convenient access to your favorite stations.

Channel selection
Turning the manual tuning dial allows you
to select the desired receiving channel.
Channel up
Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise.
Channel down
Turn the manual tuning dial
counterclockwise.

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,
6, 7, or 8.
NOTE

Preset channel call-up
Press selection button 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, or 8.
NOTE
In the initial setting, all channels are preset to
184.

Category change
Press the category button (
select the desired category.

,

) and

6-59

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page284
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Category up
Press the category up button ( ).
Category down
Press the category down button ( ).
Every time the category up button ( ) is
pressed, the category is changed over in
the order shown below.
At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)
channel within the category indicated is
received.
When the highest (or lowest) category is
reached, the category is changed over in
the order shown below.
Highest category → Lowest category →
XXX category
Category set (Category lock)
Press selection button 1 to lock the
category of the channel being received.
Press selection button 1 again to clear the
lock.

NOTE
l

l

Channel number, channel name,
category name, artist name, song titles
and information display
The information regarding the channel
which is currently being received is
displayed.
NOTE
l

l

NOTE
A category can be set only when a channel
which belongs to a category is being received.

Channel selection within a category
To select a radio station in a set category,
turn the manual tuning dial.
NOTE
l

l

The channel number needs to be indicated
in the display to use the manual tuning dial
for this function.
To select a radio station other than one in a
set category, turn the manual tuning dial.

Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample stations. Scanning
stops at each station for about five
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
button (
) again during this interval.

6-60

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels,
parental lock channels and channel 0 are
not subject to the scan, therefore these
channels will skip automatically.
If a category is set, scan channels in the
category. If a category is not set, scan all
channels.

If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”
is added at the end to the part of the title
which can be displayed.
If a channel other than a parental-locked
channel is received, channel name,
category name, artist name, song title, and
information are displayed.

(Channel number display)
The channel number for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
(Channel name display)
l

l

l

The channel name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
A channel name may have a full title
and an abbreviated title. In this case,
the full title is displayed. If the channel
only has an abbreviated title, it is
displayed.
If there is no channel name, “No Ch
Name” is displayed.

(Category name display)
l The category name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page285
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
l

l

A category name may have a full title
and an abbreviated title. In this case,
the full title is displayed. If the
category only has an abbreviated title,
it is displayed.
If there is no category name, “No
Category” is displayed.

(Artist name display)
l The artist name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
l If there is no artist name, “No Artist” is
displayed.
(Song title display)
l

l

The song title for the channel currently
being received is displayed.
If there is no song title, “No Song” is
displayed.

(Information display)
l

l

The information for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
If there is no information, “No
Information” is displayed.

Display scroll
If each title cannot be fully displayed at
one time, press the text button (
) to
display the rest of the characters.
If the last character of the title is
displayed, press the text button (
)
to return the beginning of the title.
Instant replay
This function allows you to rewind and
replay the program that you were
previously or are currently listening to.
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed, playback starts from the
beginning of the current program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed twice, playback starts from the
beginning of the previous program.

Press and hold the seek tuning button
( ) to reverse the program while the
button is being pressed.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed, playback starts from the
beginning of the next program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed while the last program is being
played, the instant replay mode is
canceled.
Press and hold the seek tuning button
( ) to fast-forward the program while
the button is being pressed. When
pressing and holding the button until the
end of the program, the instant replay
mode is canceled.
When the Play/Pause button ( ) is
pressed again, playback is paused, or
playback starts if it has been paused.
Instant replay (PAUSE)
If the Play/Pause button ( ) is pressed
while the instant replay mode is off,
instant replay mode is turned on in a
paused condition (PAUSE). Press the
Play/Pause button ( ) again to resume
playback from the point at which it was
paused.
Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)
Method 1
Turn the manual tuning dial and select
channel 0 to display the twelve-digit
Electronic Serial Number (ESN) for the
SIRIUS tuner.
Method 2
1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 5 again to
display the twelve-digit Electronic
Serial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUS
tuner.

6-61

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page286
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tuner
does not display)
If “ESN Fail” is displayed, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

(Registered ID code input)

Parental lock

(Registered ID code input
confirmation)

Parental lock, parental unlock, parental
lock ID change, and parental lock ID reset
can be set.
NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

Press the return button (
) during
all the settings to return to the previous
display.
Turn the manual tuning dial during the ID
code or master code input to select “CLR”,
) to
and then press the enter button (
delete an input number.
If there is no input for ten seconds during
the ID code or master code input, the
system returns to the settings screen.
If only a four-digit ID code or master code
is input, “OK” can be selected.
If the registered ID code has been forgotten,
reset the code in “Parental-lock ID reset”
to [0000].

Parental lock
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
(Channel locking)
1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the desired channel.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
2. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
3. Press selection button 1 to display the
parental lock settings screen.
4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.

6-62

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
(
) to input the number.

6. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to confirm the four digits.
7. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Parental lock” appears and
mute is turned on.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
Parental unlock
Channels locked using the parental lock
function can be unlocked.
(Channel unlocking)
1. Select a channel to be unlocked by
turning the manual tuning dial.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
2. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
3. Press selection button 2 to display the
parental unlock screen.
4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.
(Registered ID code input)
5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
(
) to input the number.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page287
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
(Registered ID code input
confirmation)
6. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to confirm the four digits.
7. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Parental unlock” appears and
mute is canceled.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
Parental-lock ID change
When changing the ID code, the new ID
code is input after the previous one is
input first.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
ID code change screen.
3. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.

6. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are
displayed.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
(New ID code input)
7. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
(
) to input the number.
(New ID code input confirmation)
8. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to confirm the four digits.
9. “Pin Changed” appears to indicate that
the new ID code input has been
completed.
10. The display returns to its normal
display.
NOTE
Channels locked before changing the ID code
remain after changing the ID code. To unlock a
channel, input the changed ID code.

(Registered ID code input)

Parental-lock ID reset

4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
(
) to input the number.

If the registered ID code has been
forgotten, reset the ID code to the default
[0000] code.
(Master code input preparation)

(Registered ID code input
confirmation)
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to confirm the four digits.

1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
ID code initial screen.
3. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.

6-63

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page288
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
(Master code input)
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and then press the enter button
(
) to input the number.
NOTE
Master code:
The Master Code is used to initialize or reinitialize the ID code in the event that the code
is not set to [0000] and/or the personalized ID
code is not known. The initialization process
resets the ID code to [0000]. The master code
can potentially defeat the intent of the security
of the parental lock if it is located by persons
not authorized by the owner to access certain
channels.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

(Master code input confirmation)
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to confirm the four digits.
6. If the four digits match the master
code, “Pin Cleared” appears.
If they do not match the master code,
“Error” appears and the display returns
to “- - - -”.
7. The ID code returns to the default
[0000] code.

6-64

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page289
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

MEMO

6-65

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page290
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Load button

Selection
Selection
button 3
button 8
Selection
Selection
CD play button
button 4
button 7

CD eject button

Selection
button 5
Selection
button 6
Folder up
button

Selection
button 1
Selection
button 2
Track up
button
Track down
button

Folder down
button

Scan button

File dial/Text button

Play/Pause button
Type
Music/MP3/WMA CD
player

l
l

Playable data
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3/WMA file

NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA files, playback of the two or three
file types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.

Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play.
NOTE
The CD will begin playback automatically
after insertion. A CD cannot be inserted while
the display reads “Please Wait”.
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.

6-66

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Normal CD insertion
1. Press the load button (

).

2. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (

).

2. Press the selection button for the
desired tray number while
“Please Wait” is displayed.
3. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray
number if the number is already occupied.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page291
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE

Multiple CD insertion
1. Press and hold the load button (

If the button is not pressed and about five
seconds have elapsed while “Disc Ejecting” is
displaying, CDs are automatically ejected.

).

2. Press the load button (
) again.
When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.

3. Remove the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.

3. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed again, insert the next CD.

NOTE
l

NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds
after “Please Insert a Disc” is displayed.
l The CD trays are full.

l

l

CDs will be ejected starting from the one in
the tray with the lowest number.
All CDs in the trays will be ejected
continuously.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition is
switched off. Press and hold the CD eject
button ( ) to eject all CDs.

Ejecting CDs

Playback

Normal ejection

Press the CD play button (
) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If the CD play button (
) is pressed
when a CD is not inserted and an external
device is not connected, “No Disc” is
displayed.
All of the following information is
displayed during playback.

1. Press the CD eject button ( ).
“Disc Ejecting” will be displayed.
2. Remove the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the next
CD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
2. Press the selection button for the
desired tray number while
“Disc Ejecting” is displayed.
3. Remove the CD.

)

Music CD
The track number, elapsed time, album
name, artist name, and song name are
displayed.
MP3/WMA CD
The folder number, track number, elapsed
time, folder name, album name, artist
name, and song name are displayed.

Multiple CD ejection
1. Press and hold the CD eject button
( ).
2. Press the CD eject button (

) again.

6-67

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page292
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE

NOTE

If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...” is
added at the end to the part of the title which
can be displayed.
If title information is not available,
“NO TITLE” is displayed.
If there are any undisplayable characters in
the title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.
Some CDs cannot display information.

Press and hold the ( ) or ( ) button to
continuously move up or down through the
folders.

Pause
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
Press the button again to resume
playback.

This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays ten seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays ten
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.

).

Reverse
Press and hold the track down button
( ).
Track search

Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation.
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.

Track up
Press the track up button (
file dial clockwise.

During music CD playback

During MP3/WMA CD playback

Fast-forward/Reverse
Fast-forward
Press and hold the track up button (

Music scan

) or turn the

Repeat playback
During music CD playback

Track down
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise.
Disc search
Press the selection button for the desired
tray number.

1. Press selection button 1 during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “Repeat Track” is
displayed.
2. Press selection button 1 again to cancel
the repeat playback.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CD
playback)

During MP3/WMA CD playback

Folder up
Press the folder up button (

1. Press selection button 1 during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “Repeat Track” is
displayed.

).

Folder down
Press the folder down button (

).

6-68

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

(Track repeat)

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page293
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
2. Press selection button 1 twice to cancel
the repeat playback.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press selection button 1 twice during
playback to play the tracks in the
current folder repeatedly.
“Repeat Folder” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 1 again to cancel
the repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
1. Press selection button 5 during
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “Random Disc” is displayed.

If the last character of the title is
displayed, press the text button (
to return the beginning of the title.

)

Message display
If “Check Disc” is displayed, it means that
there is a CD malfunction. Check the CD
for damage, dirt, or smudges, and then
properly reinsert. If the message appears
again, take the unit to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary Jack
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers, refer to
Auxiliary Input (page 6-74).

2. Press selection button 5 again to cancel
the random playback.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Folder random)
1. Press selection button 5 during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “Random Folder” is
displayed.
2. Press selection button 5 twice to cancel
the random playback.
(All random)
1. Press selection button 5 twice during
playback to play the tracks on the CD
randomly. “Random All” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 5 again to cancel
the random playback.
Display scroll
If each title cannot be fully displayed at
one time, press the text button (
) to
display the rest of the characters.

6-69

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page294
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication

Acquiring Signal

Antenna Fail

Check Disc

Cause
Solution
Depending on the
surrounding conditions
(such as large trees, buildImprove reception by moving away from possible
ings, or tunnels) and special
obstructions. If the error indication continues to display,
weather conditions,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
SIRIUS radio reception
may be diminished or
temporarily interrupted.
Check the satellite radio antenna, antenna cable and
Satellite radio antenna
DLP antenna connector. If the error indication continues
malfunction
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication continues
CD is inserted upside down
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
CD is defective
continues to display, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.

NOTE
If a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and make
sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit is not
canceled, you will be charged a reception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor (SATELLITE RADIO Module)

6-70

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page295
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
l When the ignition is switched off.
l When the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
l When the CD being played is ejected and
the audio unit is turned off.

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
Use the talk button, pick-up button, and
hang-up button for navigation system
sound operation.
For details, refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”.
Talk button
Pick-up button
Hang-up button

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system

NOTE
l

l

The talk button, pick-up button, and hangup button are operable with the audio unit
turned off.
Mazda has installed this system to prevent
distraction while driving the vehicle and
using audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.

6-71

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page296
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system

(Type B)
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio → FM2
radio → AM radio → CD changer →
SIRIUS1 → SIRIUS2 → SIRIUS3 →
AUX → BT audio → cyclical).
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system

qChanging the Source
(Type A)
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio → FM2
radio → AM radio → CD player or CD
changer → AUX → BT audio →
cyclical).

6-72

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page297
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
NOTE
CD, CD changer, SIRIUS digital satellite
radio, and BT audio modes cannot be selected
in the following cases:
l SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, or BT
audio unit is not equipped on the audio
system.
l CD has not been inserted.
The AUX mode is locked out unless you
connect a commercially available portable
audio unit (such as an MP3 player) to the
auxiliary jack. Connect a portable audio unit
or similar product on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over
the vehicle's speakers. Change the audio
source to AUX mode (page 6-74).

qSeek Switch
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system

When listening to the radio or SIRIUS
digital satellite radio
Press the seek switch up or down. The
radio switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
(Radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower frequency whether
programmed or not.
(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower channel whether
programmed or not.
When playing a CD or BT audio
Press up the seek switch to skip to the
next track.
Press down the seek switch to repeat the
current track.
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to continuously switch the
tracks up or down.

6-73

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page298
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
qMute Switch í
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
NOTE
If the ignition is switched off with the audio
muted, the mute will be canceled.
Therefore, when the engine is restarted, the
audio is not muted. To mute the audio again,
press the mute switch ( ).

AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)
You can connect portable audio units,
such as an MP3 player or similar products
on the market, to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers.
Auxiliary jack

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system

WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.

6-74

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page299
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
CAUTION
Ø Close the lid when the auxiliary
jack is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
penetrating the auxiliary jack.
Ø Depending on the portable audio
device, noise may occur when
using the device with it connected
to the accessory socket equipped
on the vehicle. (If noise occurs, do
not use the accessory socket.)

2. Pass the connection plug cord through
the cutout of the console and insert the
plug into the auxiliary jack.

Plug

NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

Before using the auxiliary jack, read the
manufacturer's instructions for the product
being connected.
Use a commercially-available, nonimpedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacturer's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
Noise may occur depending on the product
connected to the auxiliary jack.
With regard to connecting a portable audio
or similar device to a power source, use the
battery for the device, not the accessory
socket.

WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.

CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to
the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
NOTE
l

Connecting the auxiliary jack
1. Open the console lid.

l

l

Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack
securely.
Insert or remove the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.

To listen to a portable audio unit
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.

6-75

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page300
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
3. (Type A)
Press the AUX button (
) of the
audio unit or the mode switch (
)
of the audio control switches on the
steering wheel to change to the AUX
mode.
(Type B)
Press the AUX button (
) of the
audio unit or the mode switch (
)
of the audio control switches on the
steering wheel to change to the AUX
mode.
Audio Unit

Audio Control
Switches

NOTE
l

l

l

Set the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial of the audio unit or the up/down switch
of the audio control switch.
Audio adjustments other than audio volume
can only be done using the portable audio
device.
If the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.

6-76

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page301
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.

CAUTION
Ø This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.

6-77

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page302
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
Bluetooth Audio (Type A) í
Channel preset buttons

Channel preset buttons

AUX button

Track up button
Track down button
Play/Pause button

Audio control dial

qWhat is Bluetooth Audio?
Bluetooth audio outline
By programming portable audio devices
equipped with the Bluetooth
communication function to the vehicle's
Bluetooth unit, you can listen to music or
audio recorded on these audio devices
from the vehicle's speakers. Bluetooth
audio devices do not need to be plugged
into the auxiliary jack.
After programming, operate the audio
system's control panel or the navigation
system to play/stop the music or audio.

CAUTION
Ø Always program audio devices to
the Bluetooth audio system while
the vehicle is stopped.

6-78

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page303
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
Ø Because only specified Bluetooth
audio devices can be used, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
purchasing or changing devices.
Bluetooth audio devices which
correspond to specified Bluetooth
versions and profiles can be
Bluetooth-connected to the
vehicle's Bluetooth unit. However,
even among these devices are ones
which cannot be Bluetoothconnected or have limited
functionality. Each device to be
used with the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit needs to be checked
individually for compatibility.
Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer concerning device
compatibility.
Ø U.S.A.
Phone:800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Ø Canada
Phone:800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Ø Mexico
Center of Attention to Client
(CAC)
Phone:01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth

A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth unit. If your
Bluetooth audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio or navigation systems. In
this case, the Bluetooth audio device can
be operated by controlling the device
itself, the same as when a portable audio
system without the Bluetooth
communication function is connected to
the AUX terminal.
Function
Playback
Pause
File (Track)
up/down

A2DP
No
No

A2DP·AVRCP
Yes
Yes

No

Yes

Yes: Available
No: Not available

Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.

Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Audio profile
l

l

A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0

6-79

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page304
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
NOTE
l

l

l

It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth
audio device if it is placed anywhere
transmission is compromised, such as
inside a metal container or the trunk. Move
the Bluetooth audio device to a location
where transmission is possible.
Battery consumption of Bluetooth audio
devices is higher while Bluetoothconnected.
If a non-Bluetooth device is to be used, a
commercially-available Bluetooth adapter
is required. When playing an audio device
with a Bluetooth adapter installed,
programming of the audio device may not
be possible or audio may not be heard from
the vehicle speakers if the connection of the
adapter and the device is poor. If this
happens, check if the Bluetooth adapter is
properly connected.

qBluetooth Audio Preparation
Bluetooth audio device set-up
Bluetooth audio programming, changes,
deletions, and display of programmed
device information can be performed.
1. The mode changes as follows each
time the audio control dial is pressed.
Select “BT SETUP”.
Standard audio-equipped model
*

*

*

*

6-80

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page305
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
Display

Bose Sound System-equipped model
PAIR DEVICE

*

*

LINK CHANGE

PAIR DELETE

DEVICE INFO

Mode

Function
Bluetooth
Pairing
audio device
program mode
programming
Changing link
Link change
to Bluetooth
mode
audio device
Deleting link
Pairing
to Bluetooth
deletion mode
audio device
Displaying
Device
vehicle's
information
Bluetooth unit
display mode
information

3. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.

*

*

*

* Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select a
desired mode.

Bluetooth audio device programming
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be listened to over the
vehicle's speakers.
A maximum of seven devices including
Bluetooth audio devices and hands-free
mobile phones can be programmed to one
vehicle.

6-81

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page306
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
NOTE
l

l

l

l

Always perform Bluetooth audio device
programming while the vehicle is stopped.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a hands-free
mobile phone, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a Bluetooth audio device. Conversely, it
does not need to be programmed again as a
hands-free mobile phone if it has already
been programmed as a Bluetooth audio
device.
Look around to be sure other likely
Bluetooth audio devices are not in range
when you start to program. If in doubt,
move your car to another location. The
transmission range of a Bluetooth audio
device is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, if
there is another Bluetooth audio device
within a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,
the device may be identified and
programmed instead.
Device registration can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-101).

Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth
audio device itself, refer to its instruction
manual.
Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN
codes (four digits). Refer to the audio
device's instruction manual because the
programming procedure differs depending
on whether it has a PIN code or not.
Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which has a four-digit PIN code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing program mode
“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”
mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device set-up” for
details.)

6-82

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
After “ENTER PIN” is displayed on
the information display for three
seconds, “PIN 0000” is displayed and
the PIN code can be input.
3. Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth
audio device by pressing channel
preset buttons 1 to 4 while “PIN 0000”
is displayed.
Press channel preset button 1 to input
the first digit, 2 for the second, 3 for
the third, and 4 for the forth. For
example, if the PIN code were “4213”,
press channel preset button 1 four
times (1, 2, 3, 4), button 2 twice (1, 2),
button 3 once (1), and button 4 three
times (1, 2, 3). If the “PIN 0000”
display disappears before finishing the
PIN code input, repeat the procedure
from Step 1.
NOTE
Some devices accept only a particular pairing
code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and try
those numbers if necessary.

4. Press the audio control dial while the
input PIN code is displayed.
“PAIRING” flashes on the display.
5. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
6. When the programming is completed,
“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” are
displayed after about 10-30 seconds,
after which “PAIR SUCCESS”
continues to be displayed for three
seconds, and then the unit returns to the
normal display.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page307
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
NOTE
l

l

l

l

Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If the programming failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds then it returns to
“PAIR DEVICE”.
Programming cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt to
perform programming while the vehicle is
moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed and
it returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.
If seven Bluetooth audio devices have
already been programmed to the vehicle,
programming cannot be performed and
“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Delete
one programmed device to program
another one.

6. When the programming is completed,
“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” are
displayed after about 10-30 seconds,
after which “PAIR SUCCESS”
continues to be displayed for three
seconds, and then the unit returns to the
normal display.
NOTE
l

l

l

l

Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which does not have a four-digit PIN
code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing program mode
“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”
mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio set up” for details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
After “ENTER PIN” is displayed on
the information display for three
seconds, “PIN 0000” is displayed and
the PIN code can be input.

l

If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”
instead. Refer to the owner's manual of
your mobile device for the right PIN code.
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If the programming failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds then it returns to
“PAIR DEVICE”.
Programming cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt to
perform programming while the vehicle is
moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed and
it returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.
If seven Bluetooth audio devices have
already been programmed to the vehicle,
programming cannot be performed and
“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Delete
one programmed device to program
another one.

3. Press the audio control dial while
“PIN 0000” is displayed.
“PAIRING” flashes on the display.
4. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
5. As the Bluetooth audio device requires
a PIN code, input “0000”.

6-83

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page308
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio
device
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition is switched off.

4. Turn the audio control dial to select the
name of the device you would like to
link.

Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3

1. Using the audio control dial, select the
link change mode “LINK CHANGE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device set-up” for
details.)

Device name 4
Device name 5

2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the currently linked
Bluetooth audio device is displayed.
If no Bluetooth audio device is
currently linked, the name of the first
device among the programmed devices
is displayed.

Device name 6
Device name 7

5. Press the audio control dial to select the
device you would like to link.
The “ ” symbol disappears, and
“PAIRING” flashes in the display.
NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the audio
control dial is pressed, the display returns to
“LINK CHANGE”.

6. If the link to the desired device is
successful, the “ ” symbol is
displayed again, together with
“LINK CHANGED”.
“LINK CHANGED” is displayed for
three seconds, then it returns to the
normal display.

6-84

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page309
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
NOTE
l

l

l

l

Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If a hands-free type mobile phone has been
the most recently programmed device, the
Bluetooth unit links this device. If you
would like to use a Bluetooth audio type
device which has been previously
programmed to the Bluetooth unit, the link
must be changed to this device.
If an error occurs while trying to link a
device, “Err” flashes in the display for
three seconds, and the display returns to
“LINK CHANGE”. If this occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth audio
device and the location of the device in the
vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type
box), and then try the link operation again.
Device selection can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-113).

4. Rotate the audio control dial and select
the name of the programmed device
you would like to delete.

Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3
Device name 4
Device name 5
Device name 6
Device name 7

How to confirm the device currently
linked
Switch to the link-change mode. (Refer to
“Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio
device”)
The device name displayed first is the
device which is currently linked.

NOTE

Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audio
device

5. If a selection other than “GO BACK”
is made and the audio control dial is
pressed, “SURE ? NO” is displayed.

1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing delete mode “PAIR DELETE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the first device among the
programmed devices is displayed.

Only the names of programmed devices can be
displayed. If only one device is programmed,
only the name for this device is displayed.

6. Rotate the audio control dial clockwise
and switch the display to “SURE ?
YES”.
NOTE
The display changes as follows depending on
whether the audio control dial is rotated
clockwise or counterclockwise.
-Clockwise: “SURE ? YES” displayed
-Counterclockwise: “SURE ? NO” displayed

6-85

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page310
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
7. Press the audio control dial to delete
the selected device.
NOTE

4. Rotate the audio control dial to select
the information for the Bluetooth unit
which you would like to view.

Select “GO BACK” and press the audio
control dial to return to the “PAIR DELETE”
display.

Device name

8. “PAIR DELETED” is displayed for
three seconds after the deletion is
completed, and then it returns to the
normal display.

BT address

NOTE
If an error occurs while trying to delete the
programmed device, “Err” flashes in the
display for three seconds and the display
returns to “LINK DELETE”.

Bluetooth audio device information
display
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pair device information display mode
“DEVICE INFO” in the “BT SETUP”
mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the Bluetooth unit device
is displayed.

NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the audio
control dial is pressed, the display returns to
“DEVICE INFO”.

qHow to Use the Bluetooth Audio
System
Switching to Bluetooth audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system or
navigation system control panels.
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be used. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device programming”)
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Turn on the Bluetooth audio device's
power.
Make sure that the “ ” symbol is
displayed in the information display.
The symbol is not displayed if an
unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device
is being used or the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit has a malfunction.

6-86

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page311
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type A)
NOTE
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “ ” symbol is
displayed.

3. Press the AUX button (
) to switch
the Bluetooth audio mode to “BT”.
4. The audio recorded to the Bluetooth
audio device begins playback.
NOTE
l

l

l

If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin
playback, press the Play/Pause button
).
(
If the mode is switched from Bluetooth
audio mode to another mode (radio mode),
audio playback from the Bluetooth audio
device stops.
If a call is received on a hands-free mobile
phone during playback from the Bluetooth
audio device, the playback is stopped.
Playback from the Bluetooth audio device
resumes after the call ends.

Playback
1. To listen to a Bluetooth audio device
over the vehicle's speaker system,
switch the mode to Bluetooth audio
mode. (Refer to
“Switching to Bluetooth audio mode”)
2. To stop playback, press the Play/Pause
button ( ).
3. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Selecting a file (track)
Short-press the track down button ( ):
Selects the beginning of the current file
(track).
Short-press the track up button ( ):
Selects the next file (track).

6-87

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page312
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) í
AUX button
Selection
button 1

Track up
button

Selection
button 5
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7

Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Track down
button

Play/Pause button
Selection
button 4

qWhat is Bluetooth Audio?
Bluetooth audio outline
By programming portable audio devices
equipped with the Bluetooth
communication function to the vehicle's
Bluetooth unit, you can listen to music or
audio recorded on these audio devices
from the vehicle's speakers. Bluetooth
audio devices do not need to be plugged
into the auxiliary jack.
After programming, operate the audio
system's control panel to play/stop the
music or audio.

CAUTION
Ø Always program audio devices to
the Bluetooth audio system while
the vehicle is stopped.

6-88

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Return button
Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page313
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Ø Because only specified Bluetooth
audio devices can be used, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
purchasing or changing devices.
Bluetooth audio devices which
correspond to specified Bluetooth
versions and profiles can be
Bluetooth-connected to the
vehicle's Bluetooth unit. However,
even among these devices are ones
which cannot be Bluetoothconnected or have limited
functionality. Each device to be
used with the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit needs to be checked
individually for compatibility.
Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer concerning device
compatibility.
Ø U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Ø Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Ø Mexico
Center of Attention to Client
(CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth

A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth unit. If your
Bluetooth audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, the
Bluetooth audio device can be operated
by controlling the device itself, the same
as when a portable audio system without
the Bluetooth communication function is
connected to the AUX terminal.
Function
Playback
Pause
File (Track)
up/down
Reverse
Fast-forward
Text display

A2DP
No
No

A2DP·AVRCP
Ver. 1.0
Ver. 1.3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No
No
No

No
No
No

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes: Available
No: Not available
NOTE
l

l

The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth audio device.
To make sure that your Bluetooth audio
device is Ver. 1.0 or 1.3, refer to the
Owner's Manual for the Bluetooth audio
device.

Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Audio profile
l A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3

6-89

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page314
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l

l

l

It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth
audio device if it is placed in a location
where transmission is compromised, such
as inside a metal container or the trunk.
Move the Bluetooth audio device to a
location where transmission is possible.
The battery consumption of Bluetooth audio
devices is higher while Bluetoothconnected.
If a non-Bluetooth device is to be used, a
commercially-available Bluetooth adapter
is required. When playing an audio device
with a Bluetooth adapter installed,
programming of the audio device may not
be possible or audio may not be heard from
the vehicle speakers if the connection of the
adapter and the device is poor. If this
happens, check whether the Bluetooth
adapter is properly connected.

NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

qBluetooth Audio Preparation
Bluetooth audio device set-up
Bluetooth audio programming, changes,
deletions, and display of programmed
device information can be performed.
Bluetooth audio device programming
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be listened to over the
vehicle's speakers.
A maximum of seven devices including
Bluetooth audio devices and hands-free
mobile phones can be programmed to one
vehicle.

6-90

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

Always perform Bluetooth audio device
programming while the vehicle is stopped.
Programming cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt to
perform programming while the vehicle is
moving, “Pairing prohibited” is displayed.
A total of seven devices can be programmed
to one vehicle. If you require an additional
device to be programmed to a vehicle with
seven devices already programmed, delete
one of the programmed devices before
programming the latest one.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a hands-free
mobile phone, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a Bluetooth audio device. Conversely, it
does not need to be programmed again as a
hands-free mobile phone if it has already
been programmed as a Bluetooth audio
device.
Look around to be sure other likely
Bluetooth audio devices are not in range
when you start to program. If in doubt,
move your car to another location. The
transmission range of a Bluetooth audio
device is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, if
there is another Bluetooth audio device
within a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,
the device may be identified and
programmed instead.
Device registration can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-101).

Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth
audio device itself, refer to its instruction
manual.
Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN
codes (four digits). Refer to the audio
device's instruction manual because the
programming procedure differs depending
on whether it has a PIN code or not.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page315
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which has a PIN code (four digits)
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 2 again to
display the pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the specified number for the Bluetooth
audio device and press the enter button
(
) to input the number.
NOTE
Some devices accept only a particular pairing
code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and try
those numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to set the four digits and
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the pairing program screen.

) to return

6. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” is
displayed.

7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “ ” symbol is
displayed.

Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which does not have a PIN code (four
digits)
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 2 again to
display the pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
“OK”, and then press the enter button
(
) to set the four digits and
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.”.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the pairing program screen.

) to return

6-91

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page316
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
5. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.” is
displayed.
6. The Bluetooth audio device will
request input of a PIN code. Input
“0000”.
7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then it returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
l

l

If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”
instead. Refer to the owner's manual of
your mobile device for the right PIN code.
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.

Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio
device
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition is switched off.

6-92

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
l

l

If a hands-free type mobile phone has been
the most recently programmed device, the
Bluetooth unit links this device. If you
would like to use a Bluetooth audio type
device which has been previously
programmed to the Bluetooth unit, the link
must be changed to this device.
If the device name cannot be displayed,
“...” is added at the end to the part of the
title which can be displayed.

Changing the link to only a Bluetooth
audio device
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
The “ ” symbol disappears, and the
device name and
“Connection is in progress.” are
displayed.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the link change screen.

) to return

4. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to link a
device, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the link change
screen.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page317
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
NOTE

NOTE
l

l

Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If a link change error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth audio
device and the location of the device in the
vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type
box), and then try the link operation again.

l

l

Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If a link change error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth audio
device and the location of the device in the
vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type
box), and then try the link operation again.

Changing the link to a Bluetooth
Hands-Free and Bluetooth audio device

Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audio
device

1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.

NOTE

2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
4. The device name and
“Please Select Device” are displayed.
5. Press selection button 3 to select
“Audio”. The “ ” symbol disappears,
and then “Connection is in progress.”
is displayed.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the link change screen.

) to return

6. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to
change the link, “Error” is displayed,
and then it returns to the link change
screen.

If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.

1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
pair link deletion screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to delete.
4. The link delete confirmation screen is
displayed, and then
“Delete select device?”, the device
name, and the Bluetooth address are
displayed.
5. Press selection button 1 to delete the
selected device.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

6-93

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page318
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
6. When the link deletion is completed,
“Deleted” is displayed, and then it
returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to delete
the link, “Error” is displayed, and then
it returns to the link deletion screen.
NOTE
If a device is deleted while it is being linked,
linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth audio device information
display
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 6 to display the
device information display screen.
If the device information is available,
the device name and Bluetooth address
are displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
If the device information is not
available,
“Failed to obtain device information.”
is displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
NOTE
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.

qHow to Use the Bluetooth Audio
System
Switching to Bluetooth audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system
control panel.
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be used. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device programming”)
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Turn on the Bluetooth audio device's
power.
Make sure that the “ ” symbol is
displayed in the audio unit screen.
The symbol is not displayed if an
unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device
is being used or the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit has a malfunction.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “ ” symbol is
displayed.

3. Press the AUX button (
) to
switch the Bluetooth audio mode.
4. The audio recorded to the Bluetooth
audio device begins playback.

6-94

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page319
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
NOTE
l

l

l

If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin
playback, press the Play/Pause button
).
(
If the mode is switched from Bluetooth
audio mode to another mode (radio mode),
audio playback from the Bluetooth audio
device stops.
If a call is received on a hands-free mobile
phone during playback from the Bluetooth
audio device, the playback is stopped.
Playback from the Bluetooth audio device
resumes after the call ends.

Playback

File (track) search
File (track) up
Press the track up button (
file dial clockwise.

) or turn the

File (track) down
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise.
Fast-forward/Reverse (only AVRCP
Ver. 1.3)
Fast-forward
Press and hold the track up button (

).

Press the AUX button (
) to switch
the Bluetooth audio mode and start
playback.

Reverse
Press and hold the track down button
( ).

NOTE

Display scroll
If each title cannot be fully displayed at
one time, press the text button (
) to
display the rest of the characters.
If the last character of the title is
displayed, press the text button (
)
to return the beginning of the title.

If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin
).
playback, press the Play/Pause button (

If the current device is lower than
AVRCP Ver. 1.3:
“Bluetooth-Audio” is displayed.
If the current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3:
“Bluetooth-Audio”, track number, elapsed
time, album name, artist name, and song
name are displayed.
NOTE
l

l

l

If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”
is added at the end to the part of the title
which can be displayed.
If title information is not available,
“NO TITLE” is displayed.
If there are any undisplayable characters in
the title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.

Pause
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
Press the button again to resume
playback.

6-95

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page320
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Bluetooth Hands-Free í
qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?
Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline
By connecting a Bluetooth equipped
device (Mobile phone) to the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle, making and
receiving calls are possible using the talk
button, pick-up button and hang-up button
located on the steering wheel, and saying
the voice commands.

WARNING
Perform phonebook registration related
operations while the vehicle is parked:
Performing phonebook registration
while driving the vehicle could be a
distraction to your driving and result
in an accident. In addition, a mistake
in performing the phonebook
operation could result in the loss of
important data.
Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone)
A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone) communicates with the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle using radio
transmission (Bluetooth).
For example, if the device (Mobile phone)
is placed in a coat pocket, the phone calls
can be made through your mobile service
without taking out and handling the
device (Mobile phone).

CAUTION
The types of devices (Mobile phone)
which can be connected to the
hands-free unit are limited.
Therefore, before purchasing or
changing your device (Mobile phone)
model, consult Mazda Bluetooth
Hands-Free Customer Service or visit
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for a
complete list of compatible phones.
Devices (Mobile phone) which can be
connected to the hands-free system
need to be compliant with Bluetooth
specifications and the appropriate
profile. However, even among these
Bluetooth devices (Mobile phone) are
some which will not connect with
your Mazda or will have limited
function. Therefore, consult Mazda
Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service for information regarding
device (Mobile phone) compatibility:
Ø U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Ø Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Ø Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5
l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)
Ver. 1.1
l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
Ver. 1.0

6-96

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page321
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
l

l

l

A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1

Talk button, Pick-Up button and HangUp button
Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Free
can be used for such things as making
calls or hanging up using the talk button,
pick-up button and hang-up button on the
steering wheel.
Talk button
Pick-up button
Hang-up button

Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l

l

l

The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after the ignition
is switched to ACC or ON (requires less
than 15 seconds).
If the ignition is switched off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to the
device (Mobile phone) automatically.
If the device (Mobile phone) is in a location
where radio reception is difficult such as a
metal container or in the trunk, the call may
not be connected using Bluetooth. If
communication is not possible, change the
location of the device (Mobile phone).

Talk button operations
A short press or a long press of the talk
button is used to operate the system as
follows:
l Short press (Press the button less than
0.7 sec.)
l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. or
more.)

qComponent Parts
Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of the
following items:
l Talk button
l Pick-up button
l Hang-up button
l Information display (Type A/
Navigation system)
l Microphone
l Audio unit/Navigation system

6-97

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page322
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Information display (Type A/
Navigation system)
When available, the information display
shows telephone numbers, Bluetooth
Hands-Free messages, and operation
status.

Bluetooth phone connected

qVoice
To prevent the deterioration in voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points must be observed:
l It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
l Close the windows and/or the
moonroof to reduce loud noises from
outside the vehicle, or turn down the
airflow of the climate control system
while Bluetooth Hands-Free is being
used. Voice recognition may not
function correctly or voice quality may
deteriorate under the following
conditions.
A passenger is speaking.
Driving with the window and/or the
moonroof open.
Driving on bumpy roads.
Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.
(Construction sites, inside tunnels,
excess oncoming traffic, or heavy
rain.)
Operation noise from turn signals,
wipers, or the horn is heard.
A/C airflow is strong or wind is
blowing on the microphone.
There is noise coming from cargo
loaded in the vehicle.
l Voice commands may not be
recognized depending on the voice. If
the voice commands are not recognized
correctly, repeat the commands in a
louder voice, at a natural pace, as if
speaking to another person.
l Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
l

Microphone
The microphone is used for speaking
voice commands or exchanging
conversation.

l

l
l

l

l

l

Microphone

Audio unit/Navigation system
The audio unit or navigation system is
used for adjusting the volume.

6-98

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page323
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory, refer to “Voice Recognition
Learning Function (Speaker Enrollment)”
(page 6-118).

Please be aware that the voice recognition
may still make an error despite following
the above points.

qFunction Restrictions While
Using Bluetooth Hands-Free
Some functions are limited while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used. They
include:
l Beep sound and voice guidance related
to the audio unit and navigation system
are not heard.
l Beep sound related to the A/C
operation is not heard.
l The navigation system's voice
recognition command does not
function.

qHow to Use This Section
Descriptions in the text are as follows:
Say: Voice commands to be spoken by
you.
Prompt: Voice guidance output from the
speaker.
NOTE
Say voice commands after the beep sound
[Beep] is heard.

Example)
Say: [Beep] “Dial”
Prompt: “Number, please”
Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth Hands-Free Activation
Method
Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with a
short press (without navigation system) or
a long press (with navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

The hands-free system is activated.
Functions of the hands-free telephone,
such as making and receiving calls, can be
used after the activation. (For details on
the telephone functions, refer to “Basic
Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or
“Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System”.)
NOTE
For vehicles with a navigation system, the
system operates by speaking the voice
recognition command of the navigation system
after pressing the talk button with a short
press. For voice recognition details with the
navigation system, refer to the separate
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's Manual”.

Tutorial
The tutorial explains how to use
Bluetooth Hands-Free.
To activate the tutorial, do the following:
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

6-99

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page324
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE

Voice guidance interrupt operation

For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

Voice guidance can be skipped by
pressing the talk button with a short press
while it is being heard. A new voice input
command can then be spoken by the user.

2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”

Voice recognition mode cancel
If you want to cancel the voice
recognition mode during a call, the voice
recognition mode can be canceled without
having to end the call.
Press the talk button with a long press.

3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.

qUseful Commands at Anytime,
Convenient Operations
Help function use
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Help”
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Cancel
The Bluetooth Hands-Free system
transitions to standby status if the
following operation is performed while
the system is activating.
Press the hang-up button, or the talk
button with a long press.
Returning to previous operation
This command is for returning to the
previous operation while in the voice
recognition mode.
Say: [Beep] “Go Back”

6-100

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page325
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Basic Bluetooth HandsFree Operation
qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation
Language setting
The available languages are English,
Spanish, and Canadian French. If the
language setting is changed, all of the
voice guidance and voice input
commands are done in the selected
language.
NOTE
l

l

If the language setting is changed, device
registration is maintained.
Phonebook records are not cleared, but
each language has a separate phonebook.
Therefore, entries created in one language
will need to be re-entered in the phonebook
of the new language.
Do these steps before you start driving.
These less used functions are too
distracting to undertake while driving until
you are fully familiar with the system.

Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”
5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,
French, or Spanish.”
6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak the
desired language: “English”, “French”
or “Spanish”)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be made
while in the current setting by saying the name
of the language in the native pronunciation.

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected. Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phonebook. French selected.”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Method 2
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desired
language: “English”, “French”, or
“Spanish”.) (Change the desired
language by saying the language
name.)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be made
while in the current setting by saying the name
of the language in the native pronunciation.

6-101

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page326
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “Would you like to change
the language to French (Desired
language)?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phonebook. French selected.”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Pairing code setting
The 4-digit pairing code setting for
registration of your cell phone (pairing)
can be set beforehand.
NOTE
The initial setting value is “0000”.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,
Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Set pairing code”
7. Prompt: “Your current pairing code is
XXXX. Do you want to change it to a
different pairing code?”

6-102

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairing
code.”
10. Say: [Beep] “YYYY”
11. Prompt: “YYYY is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, go to Step 14. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 9.
14. Prompt: “Your new pairing code is
YYYY. Use this pairing code when
pairing devices to the Hands free
system. Do you want to pair a device
now?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
16. If “Yes”, the system switches to the
device registration mode. If “No”, the
system returns to standby status.
Device programming (Pairing)
To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth has to be
programmed to the hands-free unit using
the following procedure.
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth
audio devices can be programmed to one
vehicle.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page327
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
l

l

l

A device can be programmed only when the
vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts to
move, the pairing procedure will end.
Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start
driving. Park the car in a safe place before
programming.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth
audio device, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,
it does not need to be programmed again as
a Bluetooth audio device if it has already
been programmed as a hands-free mobile
phone.
Since the communication range of a
Bluetooth equipped device is about 10
meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a
10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it may
be detected/programmed unintentionally
while another device is being programmed.

4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,
Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”
7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”
8. Prompt: “Start the pairing process on
your Bluetooth device. Your pairing
code is 0000 (XXXX). Input this code
on your Bluetooth device when
prompted on the device. See device
manual for instructions.”
9. Using the device, perform a search for
the Bluetooth device (Peripheral
device).
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer to its
instruction manual.

1. Activate the Bluetooth application of
the device.

10. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.

NOTE

11. Input the 4-digit pairing code to the
device.

For the operation of the device, refer to its
instruction manual.

2. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

3. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

12. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device after the beep.”
13. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a
“device tag”, an arbitrary name for
the device.)
Example: “Stan's device.”
NOTE
Speak a programmed “device tag” within 10
seconds.
If more than two devices are to be
programmed, they cannot be programmed with
the same or similar “device tag”.

6-103

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page328
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
14. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex.
“Stan's device”) (Device tag). Is this
correct?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
16. Prompt: “Pairing complete”
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth Hands-Free again, or
by activating Bluetooth Hands-Free first
after switching the ignition from OFF to
ACC, the system reads out a voice
guidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
device”) (Device tag) is connected”.
NOTE
l

Device registration can also be done by
operating the audio unit or panel buttons
on the navigation unit.
(Type A)
Refer to “Bluetooth Audio Preparation”
(page 6-80).
(Type B)
Refer to “Bluetooth Audio Preparation”
(page 6-90).
(Navigation system)
Refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”
Depending on the device, the registration
status may be lost after a certain period of
time. If this occurs, repeat the entire
process from Step 1.
l

l

l

l

6-104

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qMaking a Call Using a Telephone
Number
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a nontaxing road situation. If you are not completely
comfortable, make all calls from a safe
parking position, and move out only when fully
under control and you can devote your eyes
and mind to driving.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say GoBack to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page329
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.

qHanging Up a Call

7. Prompt: “Dialing”

Audio unit

Press the hang-up button during the call.
A beep sound will confirm that call is
ended.

qVolume Adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit
or navigation system is used to adjust the
volume. Turn the dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Navigation system

NOTE
The “Dial” command and a telephone number
can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qReceiving an Incoming Call
1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press the
pickup button to answer”.
2. To accept the call, press the pick-up
button.
To reject the call, press the hang-up
button.

NOTE
l

l

The volume can also be adjusted using the
volume button on the steering wheel.
The music volume of the audio unit and the
navigation system cannot be adjusted while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used.

Pick-up button
Hang-up button

6-105

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page330
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Convenient Use of the
Hands-Free System

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for the
desired location to be registered.)

qPhonebook Usage

11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?”

Phonebook registration

12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

Phone numbers can be registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”

6-106

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”
(Say the phone number to be
registered.)
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Phone number registration). After the
beep, continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to save the number.”
16. (Registration)
Press the pick-up button or say
“Enter”, then go to Step 17.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 15.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back
to Step 13.
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page331
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Import contact
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”
5. Prompt: “The hands free System is
ready to receive a contact from a
phone. Only a home, a work, and a
mobile number can be imported. This
process requires operation of a mobile
phone. Refer to the phone's manual for
more information.”
6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:
Select one entry from the phonebook
and send it using Bluetooth.
7. Prompt: “X (Number of locations
which include data) numbers have been
imported. What name would you like
to use for these numbers?”

9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is this
correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to import another contact?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 5.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.
Making calls using the phonebook
Telephone calls can be made by saying
the name of a person (voice tag) whose
phone number has been registered in
Bluetooth Hands-Free in advance.
For the phonebook setting method, refer
to (page 6-110).
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)

6-107

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page332
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag and
phone number location registered in
phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Call” command and the voice tag can be
combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qRedialing Function
Redialing the number of the person
previously dialed using the phone is
possible.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”

qEmergency Calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911: U.S.A/Canada, 066:
Mexico) using the voice input command.
It may not function properly in some areas
in Mexico.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
3. - USA/Canada vehicles - Prompt:
“Dialing “911”, is this correct?”
- Mexico vehicles - Prompt: “Dialing
“066”, is this correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Dialing”

qRefusing an Incoming Call
For incoming call refusal, refer to
“Receiving an incoming call” (page
6-105).

qMute
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”
3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

6-108

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page333
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Canceling mute

Method 1

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

Method 2

qTransferring a Call

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

Transferring a call from Hands-Free to
a device (Mobile phone)

2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

Communication between the hands-free
unit and a device (Mobile phone) is
canceled, and the line can be switched to a
standard call using a device (Mobile
phone).

NOTE

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

Switching calls

2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

l

l

To refuse an incoming call, press the hangup button.
After receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.

Transferring a call from a device
(Mobile phone) to Hands-Free
Communication between devices (Mobile
phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
Hands-Free.

Method 1

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to Hands
Free system”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

qMulti-Call Functions

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

Call waiting

2. Say: [Beep] “Join calls”

A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
Call interrupt
A call can be switched to a new incoming
call.

1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Method 2

Three-way call function

3. Prompt: “Joining calls”
Making a call using a telephone
number
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”

6-109

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page334
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say GoBack to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Making calls using the phonebook

2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Ending the current call
Press the hang-up button during the call.

qPhonebook Settings
Editing phonebook
The data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be edited.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE

2. Say: [Beep] “Call”

For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

1. Press the talk button with a short press.
3. Prompt: “Name please.”

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag and
phone number location registered in
phonebook).

4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Redialing function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.

6-110

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to edit or say,
“List names”.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say the voice tag for the
registered name to be edited in the
phonebook.)

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page335
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say the
registered location to be edited:
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or
“Other”).
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX
(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “The current number is
XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)
(Currently registered number). New
number, please.”
NOTE
If there was no previous phone number
registered to a location (Ex. “Work”), the
prompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-5678”)” (Say the new
phone number to be registered.)
13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXX (Telephone
number) After the beep, continue to
add numbers, or say Go-Back to reenter the last entered numbers, or
press the Pick-Up button to save the
number.”
14. (Number Change)
Press the pick-up button.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“The last entered numbers have been
removed.” . Then, go back to Step 12.
15. Prompt: “Number changed.”

Phonebook data deletion
Erasing individual phonebook data
Individual data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be cleared.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to delete or say,
“List names”.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say the registered voice tag
to be deleted from the phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)
Home (Registered location). Is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) Home
(Registered location) deleted.”

6-111

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page336
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Complete deletion of the phonebook
data
All data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be erased.

Read-out of names registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
Bluetooth Hands-Free can read out the list
of names registered to its phonebook.

NOTE

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”

2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”

4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary's
phone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidance
reads out the voice tags registered to
the phonebook.)

4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”
5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want to
erase everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “You are about to delete
everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook. Do you want to
continue?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing the
Hands Free system phonebook.”
10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system
phonebook erased.”

6-112

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired name,
and then say one of the following voice
commands to execute it.
l “Continue”: Continues the list readout.
l “Call”: Calls the registered phonebook
data when the talk button is shortpressed.
l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonebook
data when the talk button is shortpressed.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered
phonebook data when the talk button is
short-pressed.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page337
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
l

“Previous”: Returns to the previous
phonebook data in read-out when the
talk button is short-pressed.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
7. Say: [Beep] “No”

qDTMF (Dual Tone MultiFrequency Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the user's voice. The receiver
of a DTMF transmission is generally a
home telephone answering machine or a
company's automated guidance call center
(When you send tone signals back
according to the voice guidance
recording).
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (Say
DTMF code)
3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMF
code)”

Hands-Free Setting
qDevice
Device registration
For the registration of a Bluetooth
equipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,
refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Free
Preparation” (page 6-101).
Registered device read-out
Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out the
devices registered to its system.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,
Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “List”

6-113

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page338
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,
device C)” (The voice guidance reads
out the device tags registered to the
hands-free system.)
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired device,
and then say one of the following voice
commands to execute it.
l “Select phone”: Selects device (Mobile
phone) when the talk button is shortpressed.
l “Select music player”: Selects device
(Music player) when the talk button is
short-pressed.
l “Edit”: Edits device when the talk
button is short-pressed.
l “Continue”: Continues the list readout.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered device
when the talk button is short-pressed.
l “Previous”: Returns to the previous
device in read-out when the talk button
is short-pressed.
8. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
9. Say: [Beep] “No”
Device selection
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
connected. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition is switched off.

6-114

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Hands-free phone
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page339
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Music player
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”

NOTE
l

l

(Type A)
Device (Music player) selection can also be
done by operating the panel button (page
6-80).
(Type B)
Device (Music player) selection can also be
done by operating the panel button (page
6-90).

Registered device (Mobile phone)
deletion
Registered devices (Mobile phone) can be
deleted individually or collectively.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,
Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”
NOTE
A registered device (Mobile phone) can be
deleted using the registration list.

6-115

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page340
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to delete.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C), or all.
Which device please?”
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be deleted.)
NOTE
Say “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).

7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to edit.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be edited.)
9. Prompt: “New name please?”
10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. device
C)” (Speak a “device tag”, an
arbitrary name for the device.)

9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...) (Registered device tag). Is
this correct?”

11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)
(Device tag), is this correct?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

11. Prompt: “Deleted”

13. Prompt: “New name saved.”

Registered device editing

qSecurity Setting

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

If a passcode is set, the system cannot be
activated unless the passcode is input.

NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,
Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

6-116

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

Passcode setting
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page341
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Would
you like to enable it?”

4. If the correct passcode is input, voice
guidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
device) (Device tag) is connected” is
announced.
If the passcode is incorrect, voice
guidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,
Pcode) incorrect passcode, please try
again” is announced.

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

Canceling the passcode

7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit
passcode. Remember this passcode. It
will be required to use this system.”

NOTE

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4digit passcode, “PCode”.)

Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

11. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled.”

NOTE

9. Prompt: “Passcode XXXX (Passcode,
PCode). Is this correct?”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with a
passcode
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system is
locked. State the passcode to
continue.”

For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled. Would
you like to disable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the set
passcode “PCode”.)

6-117

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page342
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Confirmation Prompts
The confirmation prompt confirms the
command content to the user before
advancing to the operation requested by
the user. When this function is turned on,
the system reads out the voice input
command previously received and
confirms whether the command is correct
before advancing to the command
execution.
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned on:
(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is this
correct?”)
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned off:
(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)
NOTE
If the confirmation prompt function is turned
off when making an emergency call, the system
reads out and confirms the command before
executing it.

1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

6-118

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
on/off. Would you like to turn
confirmation prompts off/on?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
off/on.”

qVoice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker Enrollment)
The voice recognition learning function
enables voice recognition appropriate to
the characteristics of the user's voice.
If the recognition of the voice input
commands to the system is not adequate,
this function can largely improve the
system's voice recognition of the user. If
your voice can be recognized sufficiently
without using this function, you may not
realize the added benefit of the function.
To register your voice, the voice input
command list must be read out. Read out
the list when the vehicle is parked.
Perform the registration in as quiet a place
as possible (page 6-98).
The registration must be performed
completely. The required time is a few
minutes. The user needs to be seated in
the driver's seat with the voice input
command list for voice recognition
learning open to the page indicated below.
When voice recognition learning is
done for the first time
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page343
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE

NOTE

For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment while
the vehicle is stopped. See the owner's
manual for the list of required training
phrases. Press and release the talk
button when you are ready to begin.
Press the hangup button to cancel at
any time.”

3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”

4. Press the talk button with a short press.
5. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please read
phrase 1”)
6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice recognition
learning, re-learning can be done by pressing
the talk button with a short press.

Voice recognition re-learning
If voice recognition learning has already
been done.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).

4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”
5. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment while
the vehicle is stopped. See the owner's
manual for the list of required training
phrases. Press and release the talk
button when you are ready to begin.
Press the hangup button to cancel at
any time.”
6. Press the talk button with a short press.
7. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please read
phrase 1”)
8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice recognition
learning, re-learning can be done by pressing
the talk button with a short press.

6-119

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page344
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Voice input command list for voice
recognition learning
When reading out, the following points
must be observed:
l Read out the numbers one at a time
correctly and naturally.
(For example, “1234” must be read out
“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirty
four”.)
l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” and
hyphens “-” are used for separating
numbers in a phone number.
Ex.
“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight, eight,
eight, five, five, five, one, two, one, two.”
Phrase
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Command
0123456789
(888) 555-1212
Call
Dial
Setup
Cancel
Continue
Help

NOTE
l

l

The applicable phrase appears in the
display.
After user voice registration is completed,
voice guidance “Speaker enrollment is
complete” is announced.

Voice recognition learning on/off
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.

6-120

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”
5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned off.
When “Enable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned on.
6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment is
disabled/enabled.”

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page345
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
When Bluetooth HandsFree Cannot be Used
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used
under the following conditions:
l The device is outside of the
communication area.
l The device has a malfunction.
l The device is not connected to the
hands-free unit equipped on the
vehicle.
l The device's battery is weak.
l The device is turned off.
l The device is placed where radio
reception is difficult.
l The ignition is switched off.

Safety Certification
FCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279BMBLUEC09
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. End-users and installers must
be provided with installation instructions
and transmitter operating conditions for
satisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-121

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page346
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Mazda Bluetooth HandsFree Customer Service
l

l

l

U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

6-122

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page347
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Bluetooth Hands-Free í
Phone button

Selection
button 1

Selection
button 5

Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3

Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7

Selection
button 4

Power/Volume dial

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?
Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline
By connecting a Bluetooth equipped
device (Mobile phone) to the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle, making and
receiving calls are possible using the
audio unit, and the pick-up and hang-up
buttons located on the steering wheel.

WARNING

Return button

Manual tuning dial/Enter button

Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone)
A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone) communicates with the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle using radio
transmission (Bluetooth).
For example, if the device (Mobile phone)
is placed in a coat pocket, the phone calls
can be made through your mobile service
without taking out and handling the
device (Mobile phone).

Perform phonebook registration related
operations while the vehicle is parked:
Performing phonebook registration
while driving the vehicle could be a
distraction to your driving and result
in an accident. In addition, a mistake
in performing the phonebook
operation could result in the loss of
important data.
í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

6-123

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page348
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
CAUTION
The types of devices (Mobile phone)
which can be connected to the
hands-free unit are limited.
Therefore, before purchasing or
changing your device (Mobile phone)
model, consult Mazda Bluetooth
Hands-Free Customer Service or visit
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for a
complete list of compatible phones.
Devices (Mobile phone) which can be
connected to the hands-free system
need to be compliant with Bluetooth
specifications and the appropriate
profile. However, even among these
Bluetooth devices (Mobile phone) are
some which will not connect with
your Mazda or will have limited
function. Therefore, consult Mazda
Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service for information regarding
device (Mobile phone) compatibility:
Ø U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Ø Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Ø Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5
l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)
Ver. 1.1
l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
Ver. 1.0

6-124

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

l

l

A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1

Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l

l

l

The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after the ignition
is switched to ACC or ON (requires less
than 15 seconds).
If the ignition is switched off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to the
device (Mobile phone) automatically.
If the device (Mobile phone) is in a location
where radio reception is difficult such as a
metal container or in the trunk, the call may
not be connected using Bluetooth. If
communication is not possible, change the
location of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts
Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of the
following items:
l Audio unit
l Pick-up button
l Hang-up button

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page349
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Audio unit
The audio unit can be used for Bluetooth
Hands-Free activation, making calls,
hanging up, device programming, device
selection, device deletion, device
information display, import contact, and
volume adjustment.
Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Free
can be used for such things as making
calls or hanging up using the pick-up
button and hang-up button on the steering
wheel.

Basic Bluetooth HandsFree Operation
qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation
Device programming (Pairing)
To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth has to be
programmed to the hands-free unit using
the following procedure.
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth
audio devices can be programmed to one
vehicle.

qHow to Use This Section
Bluetooth Hands-Free activation
method
Press the phone button (
).
The hands-free system is activated.
Functions of the hands-free telephone,
such as making and receiving calls, can be
used after the activation. (For details on
the telephone functions, refer to
“Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation”
or
“Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System”.)

6-125

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page350
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
NOTE
l

l

l

l

l

l

l

A device can be programmed only when the
vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts to
move, the pairing procedure will end.
Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start
driving. Park the car in a safe place before
programming.
A total of seven devices can be programmed
to one vehicle. If you require an additional
device to be programmed to a vehicle with
seven devices already programmed, delete
one of the programmed devices before
programming the latest one.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth
audio device, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,
it does not need to be programmed again as
a Bluetooth audio device if it has already
been programmed as a hands-free mobile
phone.
Since the communication range of a
Bluetooth equipped device is about 10
meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a
10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it may
be detected/programmed unintentionally
while another device is being programmed.
Device registration can also be done by
operating the audio unit. Refer to
“Bluetooth Audio Preparation” (page
6-90).
Device registration can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-101).
Depending on the device, the registration
status may be lost after a certain period of
time. If this occurs, repeat the entire
process from Step 1.

6-126

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Free
device which has a PIN code (four
digits)
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 2 to display the
pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the specified number for the Bluetooth
Hands-Free device and press the enter
button (
) to input the number.
NOTE
l

l

Some devices accept only a particular
pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and
try those numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
(
) to set the four digits and
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the pairing program screen.

) to return

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page351
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
6. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Free
device while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” is
displayed and set it to the program
mode.

5. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Free
device while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.” is
displayed and set it to the program
mode.

7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.

6. The Bluetooth Hands-Free device will
request input of a PIN code. Input
“0000”.

Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Free
device which does not have a PIN code
(four digits)
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 2 to display the
pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
“OK”, and then press the enter button
(
) to set the four digits and
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.”.

7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”
instead. Refer to the owner's manual of your
mobile device for the right PIN code.

qMaking a Call Using a Telephone
Number
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a nontaxing road situation. If you are not completely
comfortable, make all calls from a safe
parking position, and move out only when fully
under control and you can devote your eyes
and mind to driving.

NOTE
Press the return button (
to the pairing program screen.

) to return

6-127

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page352
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and then press the enter button
(
) to input the number.
2. After inputting the telephone number,
press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.

Convenient Use of the
Hands-Free System
qPhonebook Usage
NOTE

qReceiving an Incoming Call

Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.

Receiving an incoming call

Import contact

Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch.
Refusing an incoming call

Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth.

Press selection button 5 or the hang-up
button of the audio control switch.

NOTE

qHanging Up a Call
Press selection button 5 or the hang-up
button of the audio control switch during
a call.

qVolume Adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit
is used to adjust the volume.
Increasing volume
Turn the power/volume dial clockwise.
Decreasing volume
Turn the power/volume dial
counterclockwise.
NOTE
l

l

The volume can be adjusted using the
volume switch of the audio control switch.
The music volume of the audio unit cannot
be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands-Free is
being used.

6-128

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

When the import begins, the previous
phonebook data is deleted. The previous
phonebook data remains deleted even if the
operation is canceled during the import.

1. Press selection button 7 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
import screen.
“It takes time to import.” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 1 and select
“Start” to start import.
“Importing” is displayed.
NOTE
If you want to cancel the import, press
selection button 2 and select “Cancel”. The
phonebook data being imported is deleted.

3. When import is completed, the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
screen is displayed.
Phonebook data deletion
1. Press selection button 7 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
import screen.
“It takes time to import.” is displayed.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page353
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
2. Press selection button 1 and select
“Start” to start import. “Importing” is
displayed.
3. Before the import is completed, press
selection button 2 and select “Cancel”.
The phonebook data is deleted, and the
screen returns to the normal display
after “Importing has been cancelled.” is
displayed.
Making calls using the phonebook
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
screen.
2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
list and then press the enter button
(
) to display the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook screen
containing the detailed information
recorded.
NOTE
Press each selection button to display the
alphabetical sequence for the selection button
selected.
l Each time the selection button is pressed a
letter is displayed in alphabetical order.
(Ex. selection button 1: A → B → C → A)
l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, the
display shows the last four letters of the
alphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,
and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, or 4 to
make a call.
Voice tag addition
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
screen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
list and then press the enter button
(
) to display the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook screen
containing the detailed information
recorded.
NOTE
Press each selection button to display the
alphabetical sequence for the selection button
selected.
l Each time the selection button is pressed a
letter is displayed in alphabetical order.
(Ex. selection button 1: A → B → C → A)
l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, the
display shows the last four letters of the
alphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,
and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 5 to display
“Voice Tag will be recorded in
phonebook. After completion, this
Voice Tag will be available with “Call”
command.”.
NOTE
l

Descriptions in the text are as follows:
Say: Voice commands to be spoken by
you.
Prompt: Voice guidance output from the
speaker.
Say voice commands after the beep sound
[Beep] is heard.
l

l

l

4. Prompt:
“Adding a voice tag allows you to
access a contact using the CALL
command. After the beep, say the name
you would like to use for this contact.”
NOTE
If you want to cancel a voice tag registration,
press selection button 1.

6-129

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page354
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
5. Say: [Beep] XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”)” (Say a voice tag for
the name registered.)

3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.

6. Prompt:
“Adding XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag). Is this
correct?”

Deleting one outgoing call record

7. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

2. Press the desired selection button of the
outgoing call record.
The content of the outgoing call record
is displayed.

8. When a voice tag registration is
completed, the display returns to the
Hands-Free phonebook screen.

qMute
The microphone can be muted during a
call.

1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.

3. Press selection button 2 to display
“Delete recent outgoing call?”.
4. Press selection button 1 to delete the
outgoing call record.
NOTE

Press selection button 3.

qTransferring a Call
Transferring a call from Hands-Free to
a device (Mobile phone)
Press selection button 2.

qOutgoing Call Records
A maximum of six outgoing call records
are displayed.
Making phone calls using the outgoing
call record or deleting one or all outgoing
call records is possible.

Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

Deleting all the outgoing call records
1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.
2. Press selection button 5 to display
“Delete all recent outgoing calls?”.
3. Press selection button 1 to delete all
outgoing call records.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

Making a call using the outgoing call
record

qIncoming Call Records

1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.

A maximum of six incoming call records
are displayed.
Making phone calls using the incoming
call record or deleting one or all incoming
call records is possible.

2. Press the desired selection button of the
outgoing call record.
The content of the outgoing call record
is displayed.

6-130

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page355
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Making a call using the incoming call
record

qDTMF (Dual Tone MultiFrequency Signal) Transmission

1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.

This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the audio control panel's
manual tuning dial.
The receiver of a DTMF transmission is
generally a home telephone answering
machine or a company's automated
guidance call center.

2. Press the desired selection button of the
incoming call record.
The content of the incoming call record
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.
Deleting one incoming call record
1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.
2. Press the desired selection button of the
incoming call record.
The content of the incoming call record
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 2 to display
“Delete recent incoming call?”.

1. Press selection button 4 after
connecting to a home device or service
to display the tone transmission screen.
2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number or symbol and then press the
enter button (
) to transmit the
code.
NOTE
If the DTMF code has two or more digits or
symbols, each one must be transmitted
individually.

4. Press selection button 1 to delete the
incoming call record.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

Deleting all the incoming call records
1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.
2. Press selection button 5 to display
“Delete all recent incoming calls?”.
3. Press selection button 1 to delete all the
incoming call records.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

6-131

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page356
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Hands-Free Setting
qDevice
Device registration
For the registration of a Bluetooth
equipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,
refer to
“Bluetooth Hands-Free Preparation”
(page 6-125).
Device selection
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition is switched off.
NOTE

NOTE
Press the return button (
to the link change screen.

) to return

4. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to link a
device, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the link change
screen.
NOTE
If a link error occurs, check the programming
status of the Bluetooth Hands-Free device and
the location of the device in the vehicle (not in
the trunk or a metal-type box), and then try the
link operation again.

Changing the link to a Bluetooth
Hands-Free and Bluetooth audio device

If the device name cannot be displayed, “...” is
added at the end to the part of the title which
can be displayed.

1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.

Changing the link to only a Bluetooth
Hands-Free device

2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the present
pairing programming device name.

1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
The “ ” symbol disappears, and the
device name and
“Connection is in progress.” are
displayed.

6-132

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
4. The device name and
“Please Select Device” are displayed.
5. Press selection button 2 to select
“Phone”. The “ ” symbol disappears,
and then “Connection is in progress.”
is displayed.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the link change screen.

) to return

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page357
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
6. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to
change the link, “Error” is displayed,
and then it returns to the link change
screen.
NOTE
l

l

If a link error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth
Hands-Free device and the location of the
device in the vehicle (not in the trunk or a
metal-type box), and then try the link
operation again.
Device (Music player) selection can also be
done by operating the panel button (page
6-90).

4. The link delete confirmation screen is
displayed, and then
“Delete select device?”, the device
name, and the Bluetooth address are
displayed.
5. Press selection button 1 to delete the
selected device.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.

) to return

6. When the link deletion is completed,
“Deleted” is displayed, and then it
returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to delete
the link, “Error” is displayed, and then
it returns to the link deletion screen.
NOTE

Registered device (Mobile phone)
deletion
An individually registered device can be
cleared.
NOTE
l

l

Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the
end to the part of the title which can be
displayed.

1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
pair link deletion screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.

If a device is deleted while it is being linked,
linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth Hands-Free device
information display
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 6 to display the
device information display screen.
If the device information is available,
the device name and Bluetooth address
are displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
If the device information is not
available,
“Failed to obtain device information.”
is displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.

6-133

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page358
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
NOTE
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.

When Bluetooth HandsFree Cannot be Used
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used
under the following conditions:
l The device is outside of the
communication area.
l The device has a malfunction.
l The device is not connected to the
hands-free unit equipped on the
vehicle.
l The device's battery is weak.
l The device is turned off.
l The device is placed where radio
reception is difficult.
l The ignition is switched off.

6-134

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page359
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Safety Certification
FCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279BMBLUEC09
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

Mazda Bluetooth HandsFree Customer Service
l

l

l

U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. End-users and installers must
be provided with installation instructions
and transmitter operating conditions for
satisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-135

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page360
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
Rear View Monitor í
The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that provides
images from the rear of the vehicle.

WARNING
The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle. The
images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions. Always drive
carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking
directly with your eyes. Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause
an accident or a collision with an object.

CAUTION
Ø Do not use the rear view monitor if the trunk is not fully closed. Using the rear
view monitor under such a condition is dangerous and could result in injury or
vehicle damage or both.
Ø When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen and
may be dimmer than usual, which could cause difficulty in confirming the
surrounding conditions of the vehicle. Always drive carefully confirming the safety
of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes.
Ø Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle may
deviate.
Ø Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.
Ø The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic
solvents, wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled on
the cover, wipe off with a soft cloth immediately.
Ø Do not rub the cover excessively, or polish it using an abrasive compound or a
hard brush. The cover may be damaged affecting the image.
NOTE
If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it cannot be
wiped off, use a mild detergent.
l If the camera temperature changes rapidly, such as by pouring hot water on it under cold
temperature conditions, the rear view monitor may not operate correctly.
l If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the rear view
parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
(Navigation system)
l The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated
immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected. If this occurs, activate the rear-view
monitor camera again soon after the navigation system.
l

6-136

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page361
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
qRear View Parking Camera Location

Rear view parking camera

qSwitching to the Rear View Monitor Display
Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched to ACC or ON to switch the display to
the rear view monitor display.
NOTE
When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns to the previous
display.

6-137

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page362
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
qDisplayable Range on the Screen
The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.
(Screen display)

Garnish

Bumper

(Actual view)

Object

NOTE
l
l

l

l

l

The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.
The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be
displayed.
The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the
rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.
Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not install any
optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating parts or parts made of
reflective material.
It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
In darkened areas.
When the temperature around the lens is high/low.
When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.
When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.
When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.
If the camera picks up high-intensity light such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body, a bright
belt (light line) may appear on the display. (Smear phenomenon)
Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.
l
l
l
l
l

l

l

6-138

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page363
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
qRear View Monitor Operation
The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also varies
depending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes
and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.
Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.
NOTE
Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images (mirror
images).

1. Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display.
2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.

(Screen display)

(Actual view)

3. When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns
to the previous display.
NOTE
Because there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated below, and the
actual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the
surrounding area directly with your eyes.

6-139

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page364
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
qVariance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image
Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance in
distance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that may
cause a variance in distance perspective.
When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load
When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther than
the actual distance.

Object

Variance

6-140

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page365
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor
When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle
When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on the
screen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.

Appears
farther than
actual
distance

Appears
closer than
actual
distance

Object on screen
Object at actual position
Object on screen
A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.
Object at actual
B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.
position

qImage Quality Adjustment
Image quality adjustment can be done
while the shift lever is in reverse (R) and
the rear view monitor is displayed. For
detailed information, refer to the audio
section or the screen adjustment related
information in the
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”.
While the shift lever is in reverse (R),
always check the vehicle's surroundings
adequately before performing the image
quality adjustment.

6-141

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page366
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor

qSide Extension Sunvisors
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's
range of sun shading.
To use, pull it out.

CAUTION
When moving the sunvisor, retract
the visor extender to its original
position. Otherwise, the visor
extender could hit the rearview
mirror, headliner, or overhead
console.

6-142

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qVanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page367
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
Interior Lights
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position), the courtesy lights
and the ground illumination light turn on
for:
l About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition key is
removed (without advanced key) or the
ignition is switched off (with advanced
key).
l About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
(With Advanced key)
About 5 seconds after all doors are
closed when the advanced key is
outside of the vehicle.
l About 15 seconds after the ignition is
switched off (LOCK) and the ignition
key removed (without advanced key)
with all doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
l The ignition is switched ON and all
doors are closed.
l The driver's door is locked.
NOTE
l

l

Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light turns off
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition
is switched ON, or when any door is
opened after all doors have been closed.
The operation of the illuminated entry
system can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.

qOverhead Lights
Front

Rear

Switch
Position

Overhead Lights
Light off
l
l

Light is on when any door is open
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on

Light on

6-143

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page368
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
qMap Lights
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.

qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.

Courtesy light

6-144

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page369
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
Information Display
With multi information display

Climate control display
Without multi information display

Climate control display

Clock

Trip
computer/clock
display

With trip computer

Trip computer

Climate control
display

Climate control
display

Audio/hands-free display

With trip computer

Without trip
computer/With multi
information display

qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
í
l Clock
l Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type Air Conditioning System)
í
l Audio Display
í
l Trip Computer
í
l Bluetooth Hands-Free Display
Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Free on page 6-96.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

6-145

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page370
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
qClock

12:30―12:59→1:00

NOTE

NOTE

When the trip computer is being displayed,
press the CLOCK button to change the display
to the time.

When the button is released, the seconds will
start at “00”.

When the ignition is switched to ACC or
ON, the time is displayed.

Refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

With navigation system

NOTE
Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,
however, it is necessary to adjust hours under
the following conditions:
l Driving across different time zones
l Daylight saving time start and end

qClimate Control Display (Fully
Automatic Type)

Time setting

The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

qAudio Display

2. Adjust the time using the time setting
buttons ( , ).
The hours advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.
The minutes advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.

The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
“Audio System” (page 6-16).

Without navigation system

Time resetting (Without trip computer
type only)
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press and hold the :00 button for 1.5
seconds or more. The displayed time
flashes.
3. When the button is released, the time
will be reset as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00

6-146

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qTrip Computer í
The trip computer can display the
following:
l The current fuel economy.
l The average fuel economy.
l The approximate distance you can
travel on the available fuel.
l The average vehicle speed.
Switch the ignition ON.
Press the INFO switch to change the
display mode.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page371
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
NOTE

CANADA

When the time is being displayed, press the
INFO switch to change the display to the trip
computer.

If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of
fuel consumption and the distance
traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
CUR will be displayed.
U.S.A.

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), — L/100 km (—mpg) will be
displayed.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle, reconnecting the battery after disconnection,
or resetting the data. The average fuel
economy is calculated and displayed
every minute.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
AV will be displayed.
U.S.A.

6-147

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page372
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
CANADA

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second.
After pressing the INFO switch, — L/
100 km (— mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.

NOTE

Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
When this mode is selected, REMNG will
be displayed.
U.S.A.

l

l

Even though the distance-to-empty display
may indicate a sufficient amount of
remaining mileage before refueling is
required, refuel as soon as possible if the
fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel
warning light illuminates.
The display won't change unless you add
more than approximately 20 L (5.3 gal) of
fuel.

Average vehicle speed mode
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
When this mode is selected, AV will be
displayed.

6-148

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page373
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
U.S.A.

Cup Holder
WARNING
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.

CAUTION
CANADA

To reduce the possibility of injury in
an accident or a sudden stop, keep
the cup holders closed when they are
not in use, or when using them for
storage.

qFront
To use the cup holder, open the center
console by pressing the lower center part
of its cover.

To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second. After pressing the INFO switch,
— km/h (— mile/h) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the vehicle speed is
recalculated and displayed.

6-149

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page374
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
To fit small items in the cup holder,
remove the flexible divider.
Flexible divider

Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
front doors.

qRear í

Bottle holder

The rear cup holder is on the rear center
armrest.

CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The
contents may spill when the door is
opened or closed.

6-150

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page375
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
Storage Compartments
WARNING

qStorage Pocket
To open, push the release catch down and
pull the lid downward.

Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.

CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.

qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store a
garage door opener or other accessories.
Push and release to open.

qGlove Compartment
To open the glove compartment, pull the
latch toward you.
Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn it
clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to
unlock.
* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Unlock
Lock

To close the glove compartment, firmly
press in the center of the glove
compartment lid.

6-151

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page376
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
qCenter Console

Installing to the back side

To open, pull the lower release handle.
Storage tray

Using the armrest í
Storage tray í
The storage tray can be installed to the
front/back side of the center console.
Installing to the front side
Storage tray

CAUTION
Ø When sliding the armrest, be
careful not to hit a drink cup
placed in a cup holder and spill its
contents. Remove cups or other
drink containers from the cup
holders before pulling out the
armrest.
Ø Before opening the center console,
store the armrest first. Otherwise,
the armrest or center console may
be damaged.
Press the button to slide the armrest
frontward.

6-152

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page377
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
To retract the armrest, slide it completely
to the rear.

qRear Coat Hooks

WARNING
Never hang heavy or sharp objects on
the assist grips and coat hooks:
Hanging heavy or sharp-ended
objects such as a coat hanger from
the assist grips or coat hooks is
dangerous as they can fly off and hit
an occupant in the cabin if a curtain
air bag was to deploy, which could
result in serious injury or death.

qShopping Bag Hook

Always hang clothes on the coat hooks
and the assist grips without hangers.

The shopping bag hook can be used for
hanging shopping bags.

CAUTION
Do not hang excessive weight on the
shopping bag hook as it could be
damaged.

Coat hook

Shopping bag hook
(tensile strength: 5.0
kg (11 lb))

6-153

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page378
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
Accessory Sockets
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Front
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
With Advanced Key
To use, press the cover and open it.

Without Advanced Key

6-154

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Center Console
The accessory sockets can be used
regardless of whether the ignition is on or
off.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page379
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment
CAUTION
Ø To prevent accessory socket
damage or electrical failure, pay
attention to the following:
Ø Do not use accessories that
require more than 120 W (DC 12
V, 10 A).
Ø Do not use accessories that are
not genuine Mazda accessories
or the equivalent.
Ø Close the cover when the
accessory socket is not in use to
prevent foreign objects and
liquids from getting into the
accessory socket.
Ø Correctly insert the plug into
the accessory socket.
Ø Do not insert the cigarette
lighter into the accessory
socket.
Ø Noise may occur on the audio
playback depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket.
Ø Depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket,
the vehicle's electrical system may
be affected, which could cause the
warning light to illuminate.
Disconnect the connected device
and make sure that the problem is
resolved. If the problem is
resolved, disconnect the device
from the socket and switch the
ignition off. If the problem is not
resolved, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

Connecting the accessory socket
1. Open the lid.
2. Pass the connection plug cord through
the cutout of the console and insert the
plug into the accessory socket.
Plug

NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the socket for long periods with the engine
off or idling.

6-155

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page380
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

6-156

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page381
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

7

In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-6
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-13
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-13
Emergency Starting ....................................................................
Starting a Flooded Engine .......................................................
Jump-Starting ..........................................................................
Push-Starting ...........................................................................

7-15
7-15
7-16
7-18

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-19
Towing Description ................................................................. 7-19
Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-20

7-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page382
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l

l

The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.

7-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page383
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Jack

Long bolt for flat tire
Short bolt for flat tire

Lug wrench

Spare tire

7-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page384
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
qJack

To secure the jack

To remove the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing front and turn
the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.

1. Open the trunk mat.

2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Wing bolt

2. Remove the jack container lid.
Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it could
rattle while driving. Make sure the jack screw
is sufficiently tightened.

Maintenance
l

3. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.

l

l

Wing bolt

Jack screw

7-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Always keep the jack clean.
Make sure the moving parts are kept
free from dirt or rust.
Make sure the screw thread is
adequately lubricated.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page385
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
qSpare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.

WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire
on the front wheels (driving wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire
on one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle,
especially on ice or snow bound
roads, and have an accident. Move a
regular tire to the front wheel and
install the temporary spare tire to the
rear.

CAUTION
Ø When using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire. Drive carefully.
Ø To avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced about
7 mm (0.3 in).
Ø Do not use tire chains on any
type of tire, including the spare
tire.
Ø Do not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle,
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
Ø Use only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-29).

7-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page386
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
To remove the spare tire
1. Remove the trunk mat, and if a trunk
board is equipped remove it also.

Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it could
indicate a flat tire.
l Steering becomes difficult.
l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.
l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.

WARNING
2. Turn the tire hold-down bolt
counterclockwise using the lug wrench.

To secure the spare tire

Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone. No person should place
any portion of their body under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.

7-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page387
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-31).
l

qRemoving a Flat Tire
1. If your vehicle is equipped with a
wheel cover, pry off the wheel cover
with the beveled end of the lug wrench.

1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in Park (P), a manual
transaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turn
off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.

NOTE
Force the end of the lug wrench firmly between
wheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.

CAUTION
Align the notch on the wheel cover
with the valve stem when installing
it.
Notch

Tire valve

NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.

Damage could occur during
installation if the wheel cover is not
properly aligned.

7-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page388
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.

5. Place the jack under the jack-up
position closest to the tire being
changed with the jack head squarely
under the jack-up point.

Jacking position

3. Place the jack on the ground.
4. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure and adjust the jack
head so that it is close to the jack-up
position.
Jack head

6. Continue raising the jack head
gradually by rotating the screw with
your hand until the jack head is
inserted into the jack-up position.

Tire blocks

Jacking position

7-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page389
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Do not jack up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or place any objects on or
under the jack:
Jacking up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or placing objects on or
under the jack is dangerous as it
could deform the vehicle body or the
vehicle could fall off the jack
resulting in an accident.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.

7. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.

WARNING
Do not jack up the vehicle higher than
is necessary:
Jacking up the vehicle higher than is
necessary is dangerous as it could
destabilize the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
Do not start the engine or shake the
vehicle while it is jacked up:
Starting the engine or shaking the
vehicle while it is jacked up is
dangerous as it could cause the
vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in
an accident.
Never go under the vehicle while it is
jacked up:
Going under the vehicle while it is
jacked up is dangerous as it could
result in death or serious injury if the
vehicle were to fall off the jack.
8. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.

7-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page390
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts í

To install the nut

If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.

Antitheft lug nut

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.

Special key

To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.

WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.

7-10

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page391
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.

If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88―118 (9.0―12, 65―87)

WARNING

WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.

Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
5. Remove the center cap by tapping it
with the lug wrench.
6. Store the damaged tire, using the tire
hold-down bolt to hold it in place.
Bolt

16-inch wheel
18-inch wheel

Tire clamp

17-inch wheel

7-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page392
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Flat Tire
Bolt type
Wheel size
Short bolt 16-inch wheel
Long bolt 17-inch wheel, 18-inch wheel

7. Remove the tire blocks and store the
tools and jack.
8. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to
the specification charts on page 10-7.
9. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.

WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
When you check the regular tires' air
pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-29).

NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
them properly.

7-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page393
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING
Switch the ignition to off and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in park (P), a manual
transaxle in neutral.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.

CAUTION
Do not remove either cooling
system caps when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.

If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant reservoir
level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

7-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page394
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Overheating
2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-22).

CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

7-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page395
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
Except 3.7-liter engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

If the engine still does not start using the
above procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.

Follow this procedure:
(Without Advanced Keyless Entry &
Push Button Start System)
1. If the engine does not start within five
seconds on the first try, switch the
ignition off, wait ten seconds and try
again.
2. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
3. Switch the ignition to START and hold
it there―for up to ten seconds. If the
engine starts, release the key and
accelerator immediately because the
engine will suddenly rev up.
4. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to ten seconds.
(With Advanced Keyless Entry & Push
Button Start System)
1. If the engine does not start within five
seconds on the first try, wait ten
seconds and try again.
2. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
3. Depress the clutch pedal then press the
push button start. If the engine starts,
release the key and accelerator
immediately because the engine will
suddenly rev up.
4. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator.

7-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page396
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.

WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )
terminal of the battery.

7-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page397
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Starting
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.
2.5-liter engine
Discharged battery 3.7-liter engine

Jumper cables

Booster battery

Discharged battery

Jumper cables

Booster battery

7-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page398
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l

l

l

l

Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
Connect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
5. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.

7-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.

WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.

CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has
a manual transaxle. It can damage
the emission control system.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page399
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.

CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the
ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

CAUTION
Wheel dollies

Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. This could damage your
vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed
equipment.

When towing with the rear wheels on the
ground, release the parking brake.

7-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page400
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

In Case of an Emergency

Emergency Towing
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-19) and
carefully follow the instructions.

7-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page401
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

8

Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8
Owner Maintenance ...................................................................
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................
Owner Maintenance Precautions .............................................
Engine Compartment Overview ..............................................
Engine Oil ...............................................................................
Engine Coolant .......................................................................
Brake/Clutch Fluid ..................................................................
Power Steering Fluid ...............................................................
Washer Fluid ...........................................................................
Body Lubrication ....................................................................
Wiper Blades ...........................................................................
Battery .....................................................................................
Tires ........................................................................................
Light Bulbs .............................................................................
Fuses .......................................................................................

8-15
8-15
8-16
8-18
8-19
8-22
8-24
8-25
8-26
8-27
8-27
8-30
8-31
8-38
8-47

Appearance Care ........................................................................
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ....................
Exterior Care ...........................................................................
Interior Care ............................................................................

8-53
8-53
8-55
8-59

8-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page402
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Maintenance and Care

Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page403
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.

8-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page404
Friday, October 15 2010 5:35 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60

Maintenance Interval

ENGINE
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles),
if noisy, adjust

Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)
2.5-liter engine
Drive belts

3.7-liter engine

Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM

R
R
FL22 type*1

Engine coolant
Others

I
Inspect every 168,000 km (105,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

R
R

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter

2.5-liter engine

R

3.7-liter engine

C

Fuel lines and hoses*2

R
I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs

C
I
I

2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine

Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Steering operation and linkages
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges

8-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

I
I

I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
I

I
I
I

I

I

I

I

T
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page405
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter

Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page406
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

48
96
60

ENGINE
Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)

Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust

2.5-liter engine
Drive belts

Engine oil

3.7-liter engine
Puerto Rico
Others

Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter (for 2.5-liter engine)
Air filter (for 3.7-liter engine)

R
R

I
Inspect every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R

R
R

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years ;after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Puerto Rico

R

Others

R
R

Puerto Rico

C

Others

R
C

C

R

R

Fuel lines and hoses*2

C

I

I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2

I

IGNITION SYSTEM
USA
Others*3
USA
Spark plugs (for 3.7-liter engine)
Others*3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights

Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

Spark plugs (for 2.5-liter engine)

8-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page407
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections

I

Brake fluid level
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages

I

I

I

I

Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots

I

I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter

I
I

I

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I

I
I

I

I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I
I

L
I

48
96
60

T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
T
L
I

Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every
96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
a) Repeated short-distance driving
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

8-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page408
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.

8-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page409
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Maintenance Interval

ENGINE
Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)
2.5-liter engine
Drive belts
3.7-liter engine
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM

R
R

Cooling system

I

R
R

I
I
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years

*1

Engine coolant

Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
I
I
Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R

FL22 type
Others

R

FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Fuel lines and hoses

I*2

I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission

I*2

I*2

I

Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections

R

R

R

Brake fluid level
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play

I

Replace every 60,000 km
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I

I

I
I

R
I

R
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I

I

I

I

I

Driveshaft dust boots

I

I

I

I

I

I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body

T

T

T

T

T

T

Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level

L
I

I
L
I

L
I

I
L
I

L
I

I
L
I

L
I

I
L
I

L
I

I
L
I

I

L
I

I
L
I

8-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page410
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter

R

R

R

Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page411
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

ENGINE
Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)
2.5-liter engine
Drive belts
3.7-liter engine
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM

R
R

Cooling system

Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
I
Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R

FL22 type
Others

Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter

R
R

I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years

*1

Engine coolant

36
60

I

I

I

C

I

I

R

I

I

C

R
I

I

R

Fuel lines and hoses

I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission

I*2

Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights

R

I

I

C

I
R

Replace every 60,000 km
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

8-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page412
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level

I
I

I

I
I

Brake fluid
Disc brakes

36
60
I

I

I

R
I

I

I

I

Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear

I

Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I

I

I

I

Steering operation and linkages

I

I

I

I

I

I

Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots

I

I

I

I

I

I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields

I

I

I
I

I

I

I

T

T

T

I

I

I

All locks and hinges

L

L

L

L

L

L

Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

I

I

I

I

I

I

Cabin air filter

R

R

R

Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page413
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance
(Cont.)
Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE
Engine valve clearance (for 2.5-liter engine)
2.5-liter engine
Drive belts
3.7-liter engine
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system

R
R

I

Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R

R
R

R
R

R
R

I
*1

Engine coolant

Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
I

FL22 type
Others

Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter

I

Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
R
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C

R

C

R

C

R

Fuel lines and hoses

I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission

I*2

I

Fuel filter

R

R

IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights

I

Replace every 60,000 km
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

8-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page414
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level

I
I

Brake fluid
Disc brakes

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

R

I

I

Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear

I

Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I

I

I

Steering operation and linkages

I

I

I

I

I

I

Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots

I

I

I

I

I

I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields

I

I
I

I

I

I

T

T

T

I

I

I

All locks and hinges

L

L

L

L

L

L

Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

I

I

I

I

I

I

Cabin air filter

R

R

R

Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page415
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling
l
l
l
l

Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-24)
Engine coolant level (page 8-22)
Engine oil level (page 8-21)
Washer fluid level (page 8-26)

qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-32)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
l Power steering fluid level (page 8-25)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l Engine coolant (page 8-22)
l Engine oil (page 8-19)

8-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page416
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

8-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page417
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do
not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
fire leading to an unexpected accident.
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It will
continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition is switched off.

8-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page418
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
2.5-liter engine
Windscreen washer
fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Power steering
fluid reservoir

Fuse block

Battery

Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir

3.7-liter engine
Power steering fluid reservoir
Engine coolant
reservoir

Windscreen washer
fluid reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Engine oil-filler cap

8-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Brake fluid reservoir
Battery

Fuse block

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page419
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil (2.5-liter
engine).
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.

Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.

–30 –20 –10

–20

0

10

0

20

40

20

60

30

40

50

80 100 120

U.S.A. and CANADA
0W-20

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

(ILSAC)

(Mexico)
Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil. If SAE 0W20 engine oil is not available, use SAE
5W-20, 5W-30 engine oil.

8-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page420
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.

–30 –20 –10

–20

0

10

0

20

40

20

60

30

40

50

80 100 120

Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.

0W-20
–30 –20 –10

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil (3.7-liter
engine).
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts
and Castrol (U.S.A and Mexico). For
optimal engine performance, there are
certain types of engine oils and filters
suitable for your vehicle. Please consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

–20

0

20

10

0

40

20

60

30

40

50

80 100 120

5W-20

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

(ILSAC)

8-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

(Mexico)
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W20 engine oil is not available, use SAE
10W-30, 10W-40, 5W-40 engine oil.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page421
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.

–30 –20 –10

–20

0

20

10

0

40

20

60

30

40

2.5-liter engine (Type B)

50

Full

80 100 120

OK
5W-20

Low

3.7-liter engine

qInspecting Engine Oil Level
Full

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.

Low

2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
2.5-liter engine (Type A)

Full
OK
Low

5. 2.5-liter engine
Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between
Low and Full.
If it is near or below Low, add enough
oil to bring the level to Full.
3.7-liter engine
Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between
Low and Full. If it is below Low, add
oil to raise the level within the hatching
zone.

CAUTION
Do not add engine oil over Full. This
may cause engine damage.

8-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page422
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.

Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.

Switch the ignition to off and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.

Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

8-22

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page423
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the FULL or F and
LOW or L marks on the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

If it's at or near LOW or L, add enough
coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide
freezing and corrosion protection and to
bring the level to FULL or F.

CAUTION
Ø Radiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Ø Use only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
Ø Don't add only water. Always add
a proper coolant mixture.
Ø The engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Ø DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
Ø Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.

8-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page424
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Brake/Clutch Fluid
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2.5-liter engine

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,
have the brakes and clutch inspected:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and
cause an accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.

3.7-liter engine

8-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

CAUTION
Ø Brake and clutch fluid will
damage painted surfaces. If brake
or clutch fluid does get on a
painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
Ø Using nonspecified brake and
clutch fluids (page 10-4) will
damage the systems. Mixing
different fluids will also damage
them.
If the brake/clutch system
frequently requires new fluid,
consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page425
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level

CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, don't operate the
vehicle for long periods when the
power steering fluid level is low.

The level must be kept between MIN and
MAX.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
2.5-liter engine

3.7-liter engine

8-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page426
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Washer Fluid

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.

8-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page427
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.

Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Ø Hot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
Ø To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When
washing or servicing your Mazda,
make sure the wiper lever is in the
OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.

8-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page428
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.

3. Tilt the blade assembly and remove it
from the arm.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
NOTE
To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades
when raising both the driver and passenger
side wiper arms, raise the driver side wiper
arm first. Conversely, when setting down the
wiper arms, set the passenger side wiper arm
down first.

1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Open the clip and slide the blade
assembly in the direction of the arrow.

8-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
4. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of blade holder.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page429
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
5. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.

6. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.

CAUTION
Ø Don't bend or discard the
stiffeners. You need to use them
again.
Ø If the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
Ø Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.

8-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page430
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools
to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working
near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

8-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page431
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
qBattery Maintenance

Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.

WARNING

To get the best service from a battery:
l Keep it securely mounted.
l Keep the top clean and dry.
l Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
l Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables and charge the battery every six
weeks.

Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-7)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.

8-31

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page432
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-7.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.

Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve
cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is
dangerous as the correct tire air
pressure cannot be maintained if the
tire valve becomes damaged. If the
vehicle is driven under this condition,
the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious
accident. Do not use any part for the
tire valve cap that is not a Mazdagenuine part.
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-7).

8-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page433
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l

l

l

l

Always check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
Warm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

WARNING
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To
equalize tread wear for maintaining
good performance in handling and
braking, rotate the tires according to
the scheduled maintenance charts.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on
page 8-3.

During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.

Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.

Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
l
l
l
l

Incorrect tire pressure
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-7) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.

CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.

8-33

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page434
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
qReplacing a Tire

WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous.
It could cause poor handling and
poor braking resulting in loss of
vehicle control. Mazda strongly
recommends that you replace all four
tires at the same time.

CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls are used, the system may not
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-31.
l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator

New tread

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before the
band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.

qTemporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.

8-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page435
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTION
Ø Do not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
Ø The temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km
(3,000 miles). The tread life may
be shorter depending on driving
conditions.
Ø The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-34).
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.

CAUTION
Ø A wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
Ø Tire fit
Ø Wheel and bearing life
Ø Ground clearance
Ø Speedometer calibration
Ø Headlight aim
Ø Bumper height
Ø Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø (With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
Ø When replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

8-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page436
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset
(inset/outset).
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.

8-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page437
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

MEMO

8-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page438
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Overhead light (Rear)
Side turn signal lights (LED type)

Vanity mirror lights

Courtesy lights
Ground illumination lights
Front turn signal lights/
Parking lights

Front side marker lights

Headlights (High beam)

Fog lights

Headlights (Low beam)

Trunk light
High-mount brake light

License plate lights

Rear side marker lights
Brake lights/Taillights

Reverse lights

Rear turn signal lights
Some models.

8-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page439
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Replacing a headlight bulb
High-beam bulb
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. (3.7-liter engine)
Remove the attachment bolts and set
the coolant reservoir aside before
replacing the right bulb.

3. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.

8-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page440
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.

The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Halogen bulbs)
1. If you are changing the right headlight
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the right, and turn
off engine. If you are changing the left
headlight bulb, turn the steering wheel
to the left.
2. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
6. (3.7-liter engine)
Install the coolant reservoir. If you are
unsure of how tight the bolts should be,
have them inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Bolt tightening torque
7.8―10.8
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(0.8―1.1, 5.8―8.0)

NOTE
l

l

l

To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.

Low-beam bulb
(Xenon fusion bulb)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself.

8-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Removal

Installation

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page441
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
4. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.

8. Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from the socket by pulling it straight
back.
9. Replace the bulb.
10. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of removal.
NOTE
l

l

l

5. Detach the electrical connector from
the bulb by pulling it to the rear.

To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.

Fog light bulbs í
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the screws and the center section
of counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.

6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

7. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

8-41

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page442
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.

NOTE
l

l

l

To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton for the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly and out of the reach of children.

Front side marker lights

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.

1. If you are changing the right sidemaker light, start the engine, turn the
steering wheel all the way to the right,
and turn off the engine. If you are
changing the left side-maker light, turn
the steering wheel to the left.
2. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.
Removal

Installation

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

8-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page443
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the bolt, the screws and the center
section of the plastic retainers
counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.
Removal

Installation

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

6. Install the new side turn signal unit in
the reverse order of removal.

4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.

Front turn signal lights/Parking lights

5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

1. If you are changing the right headlight
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the right, and turn
off engine. If you are changing the left
headlight bulb, turn the steering wheel
to the left.
2. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.

8-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page444
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

Side turn signal lights í, High-mount
brake light, Ground illumination
lights í
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs must be replaced
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side
marker lights)
LED type
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs must be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

NOTE

To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

LED bulb replacement is not possible because
it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.

NOTE

Rear turn signal lights
Bulb type
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers and
partially open the trunk side trim.

1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers and
partially open the trunk side trim.
Removal

Removal

Installation
Installation

2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.

8-44

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page445
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

NOTE

License plate lights

To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.

Reverse lights
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers, then
partially peel back the trunk rear trim.

1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers, then
partially peel back the trunk rear trim.
Removal

Removal
Installation

Installation

2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.

8-45

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page446
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

Overhead light (Rear)

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

Courtesy lights

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (Front),
Overhead light (Rear), Courtesy lights,
Vanity mirror lights
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Vanity mirror lights

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

8-46

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page447
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Trunk light
1. Press both sides of the lens cap to
remove it.

Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.

Replacing the fuses on the driver's side
kick-panel
If the electrical system does not work,
first inspect the fuses on the driver's side
kick-panel.
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover by sliding
the cover straight back toward you.

CAUTION
Pulling the cover off sideways may
break the retaining tabs off.

8-47

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page448
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.

Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal

Blown

5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.

8-48

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Normal

Blown

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page449
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
4. Install the right side of the fuse block
cover first as shown the figure.

WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.

8-49

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page450
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

8-50

M.DEF
ST SIG
ABS SOL
P.WIND (P)
P.SEAT (P)
SUN ROOF
TAIL
P.OUTLET (R)
AUDIO
ABS MOTOR
P.WIND (D)
DEFOG
SEAT HEAT
A/C
FOG
BLOWER 2
FAN

FUSE
RATING
10 A
5A
30 A
―
30 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
30 A
60 A
40 A
40 A
20 A
10 A
15 A
―
60 A

PROTECTED COMPONENT
Mirror defroster í
Starter sig
DSC
―
Power seat í
Moonroof í
BCM, Tail lamp
Accessory sockets
Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)
DSC
Power window
Rear window defroster
Seat heat í
Air conditioner
Fog lights í
―
Cooling fan

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page451
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

P.SEAT (D)
BTN
IG KEY2
BLOWER
FUEL PUMP
ENGINE2
EGI INJ
PCM

26

ENGINE

27
28
29
30
31
32
33

IG
TCM
ESCL
IG KEY1
MAIN
DRL
HAZARD

FUSE
RATING
30 A
30 A
40 A
40 A
25 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A*1
20 A*2
20 A
20 A
10 A
40 A
125 A
20 A
10 A
10 A

PCM

STOP
HORN
HEAD HI RH
HEAD LO RH
HEAD HI LH
HEAD LO LH

10 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
15 A
10 A

Brake lights
Horn
Headlight-high beam (Right) í
Headlight-low beam (Right)
Headlight-high beam (Left) í
Headlight-low beam (Left)

DESCRIPTION

34
35
36
37
38
39
40

PROTECTED COMPONENT
í

Power seat
For protection of various circuits
Starting system
Blower motor
Fuel pump
Engine control system í
Injector
Engine control system
Engine control system
For protection of various circuits í
TCM í
Electronic steering lock í
For protection of various circuits
For protection of all circuits
DRL í
Hazard warning flashers

*1 2.5-liter engine
*2 3.7-liter engine

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

8-51

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page452
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Passenger's side)

DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

8-52

P.WIND
METER IG
ILLUMI
MIRROR
SAS
―
INT, LOCK/SHIFT
―
HEGO
A/C
P.OUTLET/CIGAR
D.LOOK
ENGINE IG
WIPER
ROOM
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE

FUSE
RATING
30 A
15 A
7.5 A
5A
5A
―
5A
―
5A
10 A
15 A
25 A
15 A
25 A
15 A
20 A
10 A
―

PROTECTED COMPONENT
Power window
For protection of various circuits
BCM, Illumination
Power control mirror
Air bag, DSC
―
AT shift í
―
Engine control system í
Air conditioner
Power outlet
BCM, Door lock motor
Engine control system
Windshield wiper and washer
Interior lights
―
―
―

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page453
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-53

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page454
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.

qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.

8-54

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

NOTE
l

l

l

The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page455
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish
Washing

CAUTION
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition is switched
ON, the wipers may move
automatically in the following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with a
cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with a
hand or other object from either
outside or inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of the
windshield when the wiper lever is in
the AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON as fingers could be
pinched or the wipers and wiper
blades damaged when the wipers
activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when clearing
ice and snow―when it is most likely
that the engine is left running.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.

Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
l

l

Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
l Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
l Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
l Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.

CAUTION
Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may damage
the protective coating; also, cleaners
and detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.

8-55

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page456
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.

WARNING
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.

When using a high water pressure car
wash
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts,
and allow water to penetrate the interior.
Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle does not need it.

8-56

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page457
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
qRepairing Damage to the Finish

qUnderbody Maintenance

Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.

Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.

CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance
l

l

l

Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.

CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.

Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.

WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.

8-57

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page458
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance í
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.

qPlastic Part Maintenance
l

CAUTION
Do not use any detergent other than
mild detergent. Before using any
detergent, verify the ingredients.
Otherwise, the product could discolor
or stain the aluminum wheels.
l

NOTE
Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
l Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean
the wheels.
Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm
or cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or salted
roads to help prevent corrosion.
l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Check special requirements for Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.
l

8-58

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

l

l

l

When cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss
in functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
If plastic parts such as the bumpers
become inadvertently exposed to
chemical agents or fluids such as
gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery
fluid, it could cause discoloration,
staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off any
such chemical agents or fluids using a
soft cloth immediately.
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of high pressure
car washer device. If the car washer
nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or
aimed at one area for an extended
period of time, it could deform plastic
parts or damage the paint.
Do not use wax containing compounds
(polish). Otherwise, it could result in
paint damage.
In addition, do not use an electrical or
air tool to apply wax. Otherwise, the
frictional heat generated could result in
deformation of plastic parts or paint
damage.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page459
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
Interior Care

NOTE
l

qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.

CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

l

l

l

l

l

qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.

l

l

Leather í
Remove dust and sand first using a
vacuum cleaner or other means, then wipe
dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather
cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild
soap.
Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap
using a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
Remove moisture with a dry, soft cloth
and allow the leather to further dry in a
well-ventilated, shaded area. If the leather
gets wet such as from rain, also remove
moisture and dry it as soon as possible.

l

Because genuine leather is a natural
material, its surface is not uniform and it
may have natural scars, scratches, and
wrinkles.
To maintain the quality for as long as
possible, periodical maintenance, about
twice a year, is recommended.
Sand and dust on the seat surface may
damage the overcoat of the genuine leather
surfaces and accelerate wear.
Greasy soiling on genuine leather may
cause molding and stains.
Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth
may cause damage.
Do not wipe the leather using alcohol,
chlorine bleach, or organic solvents such as
thinner, benzene, or gasoline. Otherwise, it
may cause discoloration or stains.
If the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth. Remaining
moisture on the surface may cause
deterioration such as hardening and
shrinkage.
Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods
may cause deterioration and shrinkage.
When parking the car under direct sunlight
for long periods, shade the interior using
sunshades.
Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for
long periods as they may affect the leather
quality and coloring. If the cabin
temperature becomes hot, the vinyl may
deteriorate and adhere to the genuine
leather.

Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

8-59

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page460
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Maintenance and Care

Appearance Care
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.

WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.

8-60

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.

CAUTION
Ø Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the window glass. It could
damage the thermal filaments
and the antenna lines.
Ø When washing the inside of the
window glass, use a soft cloth
dampened in lukewarm water,
gently wiping the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products
could damage the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page461
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

9

Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2
Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-6
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-9
Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-10

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-41
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-41
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-42
Service Publications .............................. 9-43
Service Publications .......................... 9-43

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-12
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-12
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-12
Warranty ................................................ 9-14
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-14
Outside the United States .................. 9-15
Outside Canada ................................. 9-16
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-17
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-18
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-19
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-19
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-20
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-20
Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-22
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-22
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-28
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-31
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-34
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-40

9-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page462
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following
ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of the
page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number

9-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page463
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the
extent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to
BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon
Law”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty
Act or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO
LINE.
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding
on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!

9-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page464
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
qCalifornia Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.

9-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page465
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement
for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and
any findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.

9-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page466
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-8).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page467
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to
use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page468
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec

CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390

9-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON

ONTARIO

QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page469
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:

qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)

9-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page470
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico
by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734

9-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page471
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)

9-11

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page472
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor

Distributor in Each Area

qU.S.A.

qCANADA

Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Islands
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Mario Pani # 150, PB Col. Lomas de
Santa Fe Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300 Del.
Cuajimalpa
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524

9-12

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page473
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Mazda Importer/Distributors
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-13

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page474
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l

New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
l
l

l
l
l
l

NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.

9-14

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page475
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-15

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page476
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-16

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page477
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-17

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page478
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.

9-18

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page479
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your State or Province:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a handsfree system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-19

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page480
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.

qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.

WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.

9-20

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page481
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A

9-21

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page482
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used

9-22

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page483
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.

9-23

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page484
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y

Speed Rating
99 mph
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.

9-24

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page485
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTINGMATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGEFOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-25

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page486
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.

1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.

9-26

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page487
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
M

Speed Rating
81 mph

9-27

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page488
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-7.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.

9-28

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page489
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.

qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-29

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page490
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.

9-30

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page491
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l Incorrect tire pressure
l Improper wheel alignment
l Out-of-balance wheel
l Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-7) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.

CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.

9-31

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page492
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qReplacing a Tire

WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator

New tread

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-22.

qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l Observe posted speed limits
l Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
l Avoid potholes and objects on the road
l Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

9-32

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page493
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-33

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page494
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.

9-34

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page495
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.

9-35

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page496
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE

CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.

9-36

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page497
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight

cargo

passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-37

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page498
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE

WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.

9-38

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page499
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)

GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without risking
damage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.

WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

9-39

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page500
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 _ 750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-40

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page501
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-12) in
this booklet.

9-41

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page502
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-42

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page503
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-063B-11
9999-MX-063B-11
9999-95-039G-11
9999-MX-039G-11
9999-95-078C-11 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-078C-11 (Canada only)
9999-PR-078C-11 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)
9999-95-101F-11
9999-95-078C-11NAV (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-078C-11NAV (Canada only)
9999-PR-078C-11NAV (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)

PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)
2011 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2011 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.

9-43

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page504
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Service Publications
qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation
system. This is not a technician's manual.

9-44

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page505
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

10

Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-8
Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-8

10-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page506
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.

qChassis Number
Type A (With cover)
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.

Type B (Without cover)
The chassis number is indicated in the
position under the floor mat shown in the
figure.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
Front side trim

Scuff plate

To confirm the number, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer because the
scuff plate and front side trim must be
removed. The chassis number is also
indicated on the dashboard. Refer to
Vehicle Identification Number on page
10-2.

10-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page507
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Identification Numbers
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label

3.7-liter engine

Forward

qTire Pressure Label

qEngine Number
2.5-liter engine

Forward

10-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page508
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Specification
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder
89.0 × 100 mm (3.50 × 3.94 in)
95.5 × 86.7 mm (3.75 × 3.41 in)
2,488 ml (2,488 cc, 151.8 cu in)
3,726 ml (3,726 cc, 227.4 cu in)
9.7
10.3

Item
Type
Bore×Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio

qElectrical System
Item
Battery
2.5-liter engine

Spark-plug number

3.7-liter engine
2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine

Spark-plug gap

Classification
12V-46AH/5HR
LFG1 18 110*1
L3Y2 18 110
CY01 18 110*1
1.25―1.35 mm (0.049―0.053 in)
1.29―1.45 mm (0.051―0.057 in)

*1 ex factory

CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush.
(2.5-liter engine) The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips
could be damaged.
(3.7-liter engine) The fine particulate coating on the platinum alloy could be
damaged.

qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Engine oil
Any temperature
Manual transaxle oil
Above 10 °C (50 °F)
Automatic transaxle fluid

2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine

Power steering fluid
Brake/Clutch fluid

10-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page
8-19.
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
SAE
75W-90
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
SAE
80W-90
Mazda Genuine ATF M-V
Mazda Genuine JWS3309
Mazda Genuine ATF M-V
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page509
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item
2.5-liter engine
Engine oil
3.7-liter engine
Coolant

With oil filter replacement
Without oil filter replacement
With oil filter replacement
Without oil filter replacement

2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine

Manual transaxle oil
Automatic transaxle fluid

2.5-liter engine
3.7-liter engine

Fuel tank

Capacity
5.0 L (5.3 US qt. 4.4 Imp qt)
4.6 L (4.9 US qt. 4.0 Imp qt)
5.2 L (5.5 US qt. 4.6 Imp qt)
4.7 L (5.0 US qt. 4.1 Imp qt)
9.4 L (9.9 US qt. 8.3 Imp qt)
9.8 L (10 US qt. 8.6 Imp qt)
2.85 L (3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt)
8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)
6.6 L (7.0 US qt, 5.8 Imp qt)
70.0 L (18.5 US gal, 15.4 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions
Overall length

Item
Without license plate holder
With license plate holder

Overall width
Overall height
Front tread

Rear tread

16-inch
17-inch
18-inch
16-inch
17-inch
18-inch

Wheelbase

Specification
4,920 mm (193.7 in)
4,940 mm (194.5 in)
1,840 mm (72.4 in)
1,470 mm (57.9 in)
1,595 mm (62.8 in)
1,595 mm (62.8 in)
1,585 mm (62.4 in)
1,595 mm (62.8 in)
1,595 mm (62.8 in)
1,585 mm (62.4 in)
2,790 mm (109.8 in)

qWeights
2.5-liter engine
Manual transaxle
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
Front
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Rear

Weight
1,969 kg (4,340 lb)
1,037 kg (2,286 lb)
935 kg (2,062 lb)

10-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page510
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Specifications
Automatic transaxle
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
Front
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Rear

Weight
1,996 kg (4,400 lb)
1,066 kg (2,350 lb)
934 kg (2,059 lb)

3.7-liter engine
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
Front
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Rear

Weight
2,082 kg (4,590 lb)
1,140 kg (2,513 lb)
943 kg (2,079 lb)

qAir Conditioner
Item

Classification
HFC134a (R-134a)

Refrigerant Type

qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
High beam
Halogen
Xenon
fusion
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights
Fog lights í
Front side-marker lights
Side turn signal lights
(Integrated with outside mirrors) í
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Headlights

Low
beam

Brake lights/Taillights
(Rear side-marker lights)
Reverse lights
License plate lights
Retractable outside
Ground illumination mirrors
light í
Non-retractable outside
mirrors
*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

10-6

í

Some models.

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Category
Wattage
60
55

ECE R (SAE)
HB3 (#9005)
H7 (H7)

35

D2S (D2S)

28/8
55
4.9

― (#7444NA)
H11 (H11)
― (#168)

LED*1

― (―)

LED*1
26.9
26.9/6.7
LED*1
17.9
4.8

― (―)
― (#3757A)
― (#3057A)
― (―)
W16W (#921)
― (194)

5.0

― (―)

5.5

― (―)

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page511
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Specifications
Interior light
Light bulb
Trunk light
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Overhead light (Rear)
Courtesy lights
Vanity mirror lights

Category
Wattage
3
8
10
5
2.1

ECE R
―
―
―
W5W
―

qTires
NOTE
l

l

The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted
to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When changing tires extra care must be taken to be sure the TPMS is working. (page 5-27)

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-32.
Standard tire
Inflation pressure

Tire size

Front
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)

P205/65R16 94H
P215/55R17 93V
P235/45R18 94W

Rear
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)

Temporary spare tire
Tire size
T115/70D16 92M

Inflation pressure
420 kPa (60 psi)

qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-47.

10-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page512
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Personalization Features
Personalization Features
The following “Personalization Features” are available. These settings can only be changed by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Setting

Function
Initial Setting After Setting Change
Standard
Earlier/
The headlight illumination on/off timing based
(Illuminates under Somewhat earlier/
Auto headlight on/off on surrounding lightness/darkness can be
average levels of
Somewhat later/
changed
darkness)
Later
The time required for headlights to turn off
Auto headlight off
30 seconds
0/60/120 seconds
after ignition is switched off can be changed
Turn indicator
The beep volume level can be changed
High
Low
Blind spot warning The warning beep function can be changed
Activated
Deactivated
The time required for the interior lamp to turn
off automatically after all doors are closed can
15 seconds
7.5/30/60 seconds
be changed
The function allowing the interior lamp to
illuminate automatically when ignition is
Activated
Deactivated
switched off can be changed
Illumination entry
The function allowing the interior lamp to
illuminate automatically when doors are
Activated
Deactivated
unlocked can be changed
The time required for the interior lamp to turn
off automatically can be changed
30 minutes
10 minutes
(prevents battery depletion when a door is
open/ajar)
The function allowing the turn signal lights to
flash three times with a momentary turn switch
Smart turn
Deactivated
Activated
operation (when changing lanes) can be
deactivated
The unlocking method using the retractable key
Press × 2
Press × 1
can be changed
The time required for the doors to relock
automatically after unlocking with the
30 seconds
60/90 seconds
Keyless entry
transmitter can be changed
The function allowing the horn to sound
automatically when the doors are locked by
Activated
Deactivated
pressing the transmitter two times consecutively
can be changed

10-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page513
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Personalization Features
Setting

Advanced keyless
entry

Function
The function to automatically lock the doors
when leaving the vehicle while carrying the key
can be activated
The advanced key's remaining battery level
warning light in the instrument cluster can be
deactivated
The volume of the answer-back beep during
keyless entry system operation can be adjusted
The volume of the warning beep for the
advanced keyless entry system can be adjusted
Chooses whether permission is given to open
trunk when advanced keys are both inside trunk
or outside vehicle
Deactivates function that allows power supply
to turn off automatically when the ignition has
been switched to ACC for a long period of time
Selects a transition pattern in which the ignition
position can be switched when pressing the
push button start
Deactivates the advanced key function
Selects the door unlocking method using the
door handle sensor and/or the request switch

Initial Setting

After Setting Change

Deactivated

Activated

Activated

Deactivated

High

Low/Deactivated

High

Low

Permitted

Not permitted

Activated

Deactivated

ON → Off

ON → ACC → Off

Activated
Deactivated
Touch the handle,
and only the
Touch the handle, and
driver's door
all doors unlock
unlocks

10-9

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page514
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Personalization Features
The following “Personalization Features” can be changed the vehicle owner.
Setting
Welcome sound

Function
Deactivates welcome sound function 6-28

Auto lock/unlock

All the doors and
the liftgate lock
automatically
when the vehicle
Changes the auto lock/unlock function setting speed is about 20
for all the doors according to the vehicle speed, km/h (12 mph) or
the vehicle power supply condition, and the
more. All the
selector lever position
doors and the
Refer to Power Door Locks on page 3-32.
liftgate unlock
when the ignition
is switched from
ON to ACC or
Off.

10-10

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Initial Setting
Activated

After Setting Change
Deactivated
The auto door-lock
function is disabled
All the doors and the
liftgate lock
automatically when the
vehicle speed is about
20 km/h (12 mph) or
more
When the ignition is
switched ON and the
shift lever is shifted
from park (P) to any
other gear position, all
the doors and the
liftgate lock
automatically.
When the ignition is
switched ON and the
shift lever is shifted
from park (P) to any
other gear position, all
the doors and the
liftgate lock
automatically.
When the shift lever is
shifted to park (P)
while the ignition is
switched ON, all the
doors and the liftgate
unlock automatically.

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page515
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

11

Index

11-1

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page516
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
A

B

Accessory Socket ............................ 6-154
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-18
Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2
Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5
Advanced key suspend
function ...................................... 3-19
Auxiliary key .............................. 3-19
Locking, unlocking doors ............ 3-8
Opening the trunk lid with request
switch ......................................... 3-10
Operational range ......................... 3-7
Remote control function ............. 3-15
Service ......................................... 3-6
Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-20
When warning indicator/beep is
activated ..................................... 3-23
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-41
Antenna ............................................. 6-16
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8
Warning light ............................... 5-9
Appearance Care ............................... 8-53
Audio System ................................... 6-16
Audio control switch .................. 6-71
Audio set (Type A) ..................... 6-27
Audio set (Type B) ..................... 6-45
AUX mode ................................. 6-74
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-16
Safety certification ..................... 6-77
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ................................ 5-19
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-16
Shift-lock override ..................... 5-15
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-15
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-14

Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-15
Maintenance ............................... 8-30
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Blind spot monitoring system
warning ...................................... 5-60
Electronic steering lock
warning ...................................... 5-60
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-60
Seat belt warning ........................ 5-60
Tire inflation pressure warning... 5-60
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) System .................................. 5-33
BSM OFF indicator light ........... 5-35
BSM OFF switch ....................... 5-36
Care of radar sensors .................. 5-36
Warning light/beep ..................... 5-35
Bluetooth Audio (Type A) ................ 6-78
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) ................ 6-88
Bluetooth Hands-Free
(Panel Operation) ............................ 6-123
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
operation .................................. 6-125
Convenient use of the hands-free
system ...................................... 6-128
Hands-free setting .................... 6-132
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
customer service ....................... 6-135
Safety certification ................... 6-135
When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot
be used ..................................... 6-134

11-2

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page517
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
B

C

Bluetooth Hands-Free
(Voice Recognition) .......................... 6-96
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be
used .......................................... 6-121
Bluetooth Hands-Free
operation .................................. 6-101
Convenient use of the hands-free
system ...................................... 6-106
Hands-free setting .................... 6-113
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
customer service ....................... 6-122
Safety certification ................... 6-121
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-27
Bottle Holder ................................... 6-150
Brake/Clutch
Fluid ........................................... 8-24
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8
Brakes assist ............................... 5-10
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10
Parking brake ............................... 5-7
Warning light ............................... 5-8
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-38

Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-26
Child-restraint system installation
position ...................................... 2-30
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-31
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-37
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-35
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-6
Clock ............................................... 6-146
Courtesy Lights ............................... 6-144
Cruise Control ................................... 5-20
Cup Holder ...................................... 6-149
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

C
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-19
Center Console ................................ 6-152

D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-43
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-65
Defroster
Mirror ......................................... 5-71
Rear window .............................. 5-71
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ....................................... 3-31
Driving In Flooded Area ..................... 4-9
Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-11
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-19
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area ................ 4-9
Driving on uneven road .............. 4-11
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8
Winter driving .............................. 4-8

11-3

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page518
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
D

F

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-25
DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-26
DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-26
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25

Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ................... 8-15
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-66
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats
(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4
Front Seats
(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-43
Gauge ......................................... 5-42
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-47
Panel description ........................ 8-50
Replacement ............................... 8-47

E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-15
Flooded engine ........................... 7-15
Jump-starting .............................. 7-16
Push-starting .............................. 7-18
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-19
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-22
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-45
Oil .............................................. 8-19
Overheating ................................ 7-13
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-18
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-13
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-42
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-55

F
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-72
Headlights .................................. 5-61
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-6
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

11-4

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

G
Gauges .............................................. 5-38
Glove Compartment ........................ 6-151

H
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-72
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-61
Flashing ...................................... 5-64
High-low beam .......................... 5-64
Leveling ..................................... 5-65
HomeLink Wireless Control
System .............................................. 5-73
Hood Release .................................... 3-45
Horn .................................................. 5-72

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page519
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
I

L

Ignition
Keys ........................................... 3-24
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ............... 6-143
Immobilizer System
(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-50
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-54
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-44
BSM OFF ................................... 5-58
Cruise ......................................... 5-58
DSC OFF .................................... 5-57
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-56
KEY ............................................ 5-54
Security ...................................... 5-56
Shift position .............................. 5-57
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-57
Turn signal/hazard warning ........ 5-59
Information Display ........................ 6-145
Audio display ........................... 6-146
Climate control display ............ 6-146
Clock ........................................ 6-146
Information display functions... 6-145
Trip computer ........................... 6-146
Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-39
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-38
Interior Care ...................................... 8-59
Interior Lights ................................. 6-143

Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-65
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-38
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighting Control ............................... 5-61
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

J

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-39
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-61
Outside Temperature Display ............ 5-39
Overhead Console ........................... 6-151
Overhead Lights .............................. 6-143
Overheating ....................................... 7-13
Overloading ...................................... 4-10

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-16

K
Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-25
Keys .................................................. 3-24

M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ................................. 8-16
Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Manual Transaxle Operation ............. 5-11
Recommendations for shifting.... 5-12
Map Lights ...................................... 6-144
Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-38
Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-71
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-61
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-62
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
Moonroof .......................................... 3-47

O

11-5

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page520
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
P

S

Paint Damage .................................... 8-53
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-7
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Personalization Features ................... 10-8
Power Door Locks ............................ 3-32
Power Steering .................................. 5-20
Fluid ........................................... 8-25
Power Windows ................................ 3-40
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-18

Seats
Front seat
(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4
Front seat
(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2
Rear seat ....................................... 2-9
Seat warmer ................................ 2-12
Security System
Immobilizer system
(with advanced key) ................... 3-50
Immobilizer system
(without advanced key) .............. 3-54
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-58
Service Publications .......................... 9-43
Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-153
Side Extention Sunvisors ................ 6-142
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-39
SRS Air Bags
Driver and front passenger occupant
classification system .................. 2-54
How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-47
Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-52
Monitoring and maintenance ..... 2-59
SRS air bag deployment
criteria ........................................ 2-51
Supplemental restraint system
(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-41
Supplemental restraint system
components ................................ 2-46
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-61
Horn ........................................... 5-72

R
Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-153
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-35
Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9
Rear View Monitor ......................... 6-136
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-71
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-62
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-20
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-17
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-41
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-18
Automatic locking ...................... 2-17
Belt Reminder ............................ 2-24
Emergency locking .................... 2-16
Extender ..................................... 2-23
Pregnant women ........................ 2-16
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-20
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-14
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-24

11-6

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page521
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
S

T

Storage Compartments .................... 6-151
Center console .......................... 6-152
Glove compartment .................. 6-151
Overhead console ..................... 6-151
Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-153
Shopping bag hook .................. 6-153
Storage pocket .......................... 6-151
Storage Pocket ................................ 6-151
Sunshade ........................................... 3-49
Sunvisors ........................................ 6-142

Towing
Description ................................. 7-19
Emergency towing ..................... 7-19
Recreational towing ................... 7-20
Trailer towing ............................. 4-12
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-24
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-12
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-39
Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-36
Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-39
Trunk Light ....................................... 3-38
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-65

T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-41
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-34
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-58
Tire Information ................................ 9-22
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-27
System error activation .............. 5-31
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-29
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-31
Tires
Flat tire ......................................... 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-32
Replacement ............................... 8-34
Rotation ...................................... 8-33
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-7
Tire chains .................................... 4-9
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-20
Tool ..................................................... 7-3

V
Vanity Mirrors ................................. 6-142
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

11-7

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H

Mazda6_8BG6-EA-10H_Edition2 Page522
Friday, October 15 2010 5:36 PM

Index
W
Warning Lights ................................. 5-44
ABS ............................................ 5-47
Air bag system ........................... 5-49
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-52
Brake system .............................. 5-46
Charging system ......................... 5-48
Check engine .............................. 5-48
Check fuel cap ........................... 5-50
Door-ajar .................................... 5-52
Electronic steering lock .............. 5-56
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-48
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-49
KEY ............................................ 5-54
Low fuel ..................................... 5-50
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-52
Powertrain malfunction/reduced
power .......................................... 5-49
Seat belt ...................................... 5-50
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-52
Warranty ............................................ 9-14
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-26
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-35
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-40
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-70
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-67
Blades replacement .................... 8-27
Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

11-8

Form No.8BG6-EA-10H



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2010:10:15 17:37:19+09:00
Modify Date                     : 2010:10:15 17:37:19+09:00
Creator                         : 3B2 Total Publishing System 8.01b/W Unicode
Page Count                      : 522
Creation Date                   : 2010:10:15 08:37:19Z
Mod Date                        : 2010:10:15 08:37:19Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Metadata Date                   : 2010:10:15 08:37:19Z
Title                           : 20101006 1..522 ++

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools